- Timestamp:
- 2019-11-22T17:15:18+01:00 (4 years ago)
- Location:
- NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc
- Files:
-
- 15 deleted
- 65 edited
- 20 copied
Legend:
- Unmodified
- Added
- Removed
-
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/README.rst
r11154 r11954 1 ************************** 2 Building the documentation 3 ************************** 1 4 5 .. todo:: 6 7 8 9 :file:`latex` : LaTeX sources and Latexmk configuration to build reference manuals with :file:`manual_build.sh` 10 11 :file:`namelists`: Namelist blocks included in the documentation 12 13 :file:`rst` : |RST man|_ sources and Sphinx configuration to build this guide hereby with :file:`guide_build.sh` 14 15 .. |RST man| replace:: reStructuredText (rst) 2 16 3 17 .. warning:: -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/main/bibliography.bib
r11336 r11954 1614 1614 } 1615 1615 1616 @article{ kraus.turner_tellus67, 1617 author = {Kraus, E.B. and Turner, J.}, 1618 journal = {Tellus}, 1619 pages = {98--106}, 1620 title = {A one dimensional model of the seasonal thermocline {II}. {T}he general theory and its consequences}, 1621 volume = {19}, 1622 year = {1967} 1623 } 1624 1625 @article{ large.ea_RG97, 1626 author = "Large, W. G. and McWilliams, J. C. and Doney, S. C.", 1627 doi = "10.1029/94RG01872", 1628 journal = "Reviews of Geophysics", 1629 number = {4}, 1630 pages = {363--403}, 1631 publisher = {AGU}, 1632 title = "Oceanic vertical mixing: {A} review and a model with a nonlocal boundary layer parameterization", 1633 year = "1994" 1634 } 1635 1616 1636 @techreport{ large.yeager_rpt04, 1617 1637 title = "Diurnal to decadal global forcing for ocean and sea-ice … … 2184 2204 } 2185 2205 2206 @article{mcwilliams.ea_JFM97, 2207 author = {McWilliams, James C. and Sullivan, Peter P. and Moeng, Chin-Hoh}, 2208 doi = {10.1017/S0022112096004375}, 2209 journal = {Journal of Fluid Mechanics}, 2210 pages = {1--30}, 2211 title = {Langmuir turbulence in the ocean}, 2212 volume = {334}, 2213 year = {1997}, 2214 } 2186 2215 @article{ mellor.blumberg_JPO04, 2187 2216 title = "Wave Breaking and Ocean Surface Layer Thermal Response", -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/apdx_DOMAINcfg.tex
r11599 r11954 113 113 \begin{figure}[!tb] 114 114 \centering 115 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_zgr}115 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{DOMCFG_zgr} 116 116 \caption[DOMAINcfg: default vertical mesh for ORCA2]{ 117 117 Default vertical mesh for ORCA2: 30 ocean levels (L30). … … 444 444 \begin{figure}[!ht] 445 445 \centering 446 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_sco_function}446 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{DOMCFG_sco_function} 447 447 \caption[DOMAINcfg: examples of the stretching function applied to a seamount]{ 448 448 Examples of the stretching function applied to a seamount; … … 493 493 \begin{figure}[!ht] 494 494 \centering 495 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_DOM_compare_coordinates_surface}495 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{DOMCFG_compare_coordinates_surface} 496 496 \caption[DOMAINcfg: comparison of $s$- and $z$-coordinate]{ 497 497 A comparison of the \citet{song.haidvogel_JCP94} $S$-coordinate (solid lines), … … 530 530 This option is described in the Report by Levier \textit{et al.} (2007), available on the \NEMO\ web site. 531 531 532 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}532 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 533 533 534 534 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/apdx_algos.tex
r11598 r11954 311 311 \begin{figure}[!ht] 312 312 \centering 313 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{Fig_ISO_triad}313 %\includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ALGOS_ISO_triad} 314 314 \caption[Triads used in the Griffies's like iso-neutral diffision scheme for 315 315 $u$- and $w$-components)]{ … … 461 461 where $A_{e}$ is the eddy induced velocity coefficient, 462 462 and $r_i$ and $r_j$ the slopes between the iso-neutral and the geopotential surfaces. 463 %%gm wrong: to be modified with 2 2D streamfunctions 463 \cmtgm{Wrong: to be modified with 2 2D streamfunctions} 464 464 In other words, the eddy induced velocity can be derived from a vector streamfuntion, $\phi$, 465 465 which is given by $\phi = A_e\,\textbf{r}$ as $\textbf{U}^* = \textbf{k} \times \nabla \phi$. 466 %%end gm467 466 468 467 A traditional way to implement this additional advection is to add it to the eulerian velocity prior to … … 822 821 \ie\ the variance of the tracer is preserved by the discretisation of the skew fluxes. 823 822 824 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}823 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 825 824 826 825 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/apdx_diff_opers.tex
r11598 r11954 421 421 that is a Laplacian diffusion is applied on momentum along the coordinate directions. 422 422 423 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}423 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 424 424 425 425 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/apdx_invariants.tex
r11599 r11954 25 25 \clearpage 26 26 27 %%% Appendix put in gmcommentas it has not been updated for \zstar and s coordinate27 %%% Appendix put in cmtgm as it has not been updated for \zstar and s coordinate 28 28 %I'm writting this appendix. It will be available in a forthcoming release of the documentation 29 29 30 %\ gmcomment{30 %\cmtgm{ 31 31 32 32 %% ================================================================================================= … … 270 270 271 271 %gm comment 272 \ gmcomment{272 \cmtgm{ 273 273 The last equality comes from the following equation, 274 274 \begin{flalign*} … … 583 583 \label{subsec:INVARIANTS_2.6} 584 584 585 \ gmcomment{585 \cmtgm{ 586 586 A pressure gradient has no contribution to the evolution of the vorticity as the curl of a gradient is zero. 587 587 In the $z$-coordinate, this property is satisfied locally on a C-grid with 2nd order finite differences … … 694 694 695 695 %gm comment 696 \ gmcomment{696 \cmtgm{ 697 697 \begin{flalign*} 698 698 \sum\limits_{i,j,k} \biggl\{ p_t\;\partial_t b_t \biggr\} &&&\\ … … 1479 1479 %} 1480 1480 1481 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}1481 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 1482 1482 1483 1483 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/apdx_s_coord.tex
r11599 r11954 584 584 the expression of the 3D divergence in the $s-$coordinates established above. 585 585 586 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}586 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 587 587 588 588 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/apdx_triads.tex
r11598 r11954 212 212 \begin{figure}[tb] 213 213 \centering 214 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_GRIFF_triad_fluxes}214 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{TRIADS_GRIFF_triad_fluxes} 215 215 \caption[Triads arrangement and tracer gradients to give lateral and vertical tracer fluxes]{ 216 216 (a) Arrangement of triads $S_i$ and tracer gradients to … … 272 272 \begin{figure}[tb] 273 273 \centering 274 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_GRIFF_qcells}274 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{TRIADS_GRIFF_qcells} 275 275 \caption[Triad notation for quarter cells]{ 276 276 Triad notation for quarter cells. … … 657 657 \begin{figure}[h] 658 658 \centering 659 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_GRIFF_bdry_triads}659 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{TRIADS_GRIFF_bdry_triads} 660 660 \caption[Boundary triads]{ 661 661 (a) Uppermost model layer $k=1$ with $i,1$ and $i+1,1$ tracer points (black dots), … … 808 808 \begin{figure}[h] 809 809 \centering 810 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_GRIFF_MLB_triads}810 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{TRIADS_GRIFF_MLB_triads} 811 811 \caption[Definition of mixed-layer depth and calculation of linearly tapered triads]{ 812 812 Definition of mixed-layer depth and calculation of linearly tapered triads. … … 1177 1177 \] 1178 1178 1179 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}1179 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 1180 1180 1181 1181 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_ASM.tex
r11599 r11954 194 194 \end{clines} 195 195 196 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}196 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 197 197 198 198 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_DIA.tex
r11599 r11954 55 55 A complete description of the use of this I/O server is presented in the next section. 56 56 57 %\ gmcomment{ % start of gmcomment57 %\cmtgm{ % start of gmcomment 58 58 59 59 %% ================================================================================================= … … 1967 1967 \begin{figure}[!t] 1968 1968 \centering 1969 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_mask_subasins}1969 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{DIA_mask_subasins} 1970 1970 \caption[Decomposition of the World Ocean to compute transports as well as 1971 1971 the meridional stream-function]{ … … 2061 2061 The maximum values from the run are also copied to the ocean.output file. 2062 2062 2063 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}2063 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 2064 2064 2065 2065 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_DIU.tex
r11599 r11954 160 160 \] 161 161 162 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}162 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 163 163 164 164 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_DOM.tex
r11598 r11954 6 6 \label{chap:DOM} 7 7 8 % Missing things: 9 % - istate: description of the initial state ==> this has to be put elsewhere.. 10 % perhaps in MISC ? By the way the initialisation of T S and dynamics 11 % should be put outside of DOM routine (better with TRC staff and off-line 12 % tracers) 13 % -geo2ocean: how to switch from geographic to mesh coordinate 14 % - domclo: closed sea and lakes.... management of closea sea area : specific to global configuration, both forced and coupled 15 16 % {\em 4.0} & {\em Simon M\"{u}ller \& Andrew Coward} & 17 % {\em 18 % Compatibility changes Major simplification has moved many of the options to external domain configuration tools. 19 % (see \autoref{apdx:DOMCFG}) 20 % } \\ 21 % {\em 3.x} & {\em Rachid Benshila, Gurvan Madec \& S\'{e}bastien Masson} & 22 % {\em First version} \\ 8 % Missing things 9 % - istate: description of the initial state ==> this has to be put elsewhere.. 10 % perhaps in MISC ? By the way the initialisation of T S and dynamics 11 % should be put outside of DOM routine (better with TRC staff and off-line 12 % tracers) 13 % - geo2ocean: how to switch from geographic to mesh coordinate 14 % - domclo: closed sea and lakes.... 15 % management of closea sea area: specific to global cfg, both forced and coupled 23 16 24 17 \thispagestyle{plain} … … 29 22 30 23 {\footnotesize 31 \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{l||X|X} 32 Release & Author(s) & Modifications \\ 33 \hline 34 {\em 4.0} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 35 {\em 3.6} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 36 {\em 3.4} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 37 {\em <=3.4} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} 24 \begin{tabularx}{0.8\textwidth}{l||X|X} 25 Release & 26 Author(s) & 27 Modifications \\ 28 \hline 29 {\em 4.0 } & 30 {\em Simon M\"{u}ller \& Andrew Coward \newline \newline 31 Simona Flavoni and Tim Graham } & 32 {\em Compatibility changes: many options moved to external domain configuration tools 33 (see \autoref{apdx:DOMCFG}). \newline 34 Updates } \\ 35 {\em 3.6 } & 36 {\em Rachid Benshila, Christian \'{E}th\'{e}, Pierre Mathiot and Gurvan Madec } & 37 {\em Updates } \\ 38 {\em $\leq$ 3.4 } & 39 {\em Gurvan Madec and S\'{e}bastien Masson } & 40 {\em First version } 38 41 \end{tabularx} 39 42 } … … 41 44 \clearpage 42 45 43 Having defined the continuous equations in \autoref{chap:MB} and chosen a time discretisation \autoref{chap:TD}, 46 Having defined the continuous equations in \autoref{chap:MB} and 47 chosen a time discretisation \autoref{chap:TD}, 44 48 we need to choose a grid for spatial discretisation and related numerical algorithms. 45 49 In the present chapter, we provide a general description of the staggered grid used in \NEMO, … … 54 58 \label{subsec:DOM_cell} 55 59 56 \begin{figure} [!tb]60 \begin{figure} 57 61 \centering 58 \includegraphics[width=0. 66\textwidth]{Fig_cell}62 \includegraphics[width=0.33\textwidth]{DOM_cell} 59 63 \caption[Arrangement of variables in the unit cell of space domain]{ 60 64 Arrangement of variables in the unit cell of space domain. 61 65 $t$ indicates scalar points where 62 66 temperature, salinity, density, pressure and horizontal divergence are defined. 63 $(u,v,w)$ indicates vector points, 64 and $f$ indicates vorticity points where 67 $(u,v,w)$ indicates vector points, and $f$ indicates vorticity points where 65 68 both relative and planetary vorticities are defined.} 66 69 \label{fig:DOM_cell} 67 70 \end{figure} 68 71 69 The numerical techniques used to solve the Primitive Equations in this model are based on the traditional,70 centred second-order finite difference approximation.72 The numerical techniques used to solve the Primitive Equations in this model are based on 73 the traditional, centred second-order finite difference approximation. 71 74 Special attention has been given to the homogeneity of the solution in the three spatial directions. 72 75 The arrangement of variables is the same in all directions. 73 It consists of cells centred on scalar points ($t$, $S$, $p$, $\rho$) with vector points $(u, v, w)$ defined in 74 the centre of each face of the cells (\autoref{fig:DOM_cell}). 75 This is the generalisation to three dimensions of the well-known ``C'' grid in Arakawa's classification 76 \citep{mesinger.arakawa_bk76}. 77 The relative and planetary vorticity, $\zeta$ and $f$, are defined in the centre of each vertical edge and 78 the barotropic stream function $\psi$ is defined at horizontal points overlying the $\zeta$ and $f$-points. 79 80 The ocean mesh (\ie\ the position of all the scalar and vector points) is defined by the transformation that 81 gives $(\lambda,\varphi,z)$ as a function of $(i,j,k)$. 82 The grid-points are located at integer or integer and a half value of $(i,j,k)$ as indicated on \autoref{tab:DOM_cell}. 83 In all the following, subscripts $u$, $v$, $w$, $f$, $uw$, $vw$ or $fw$ indicate the position of 84 the grid-point where the scale factors are defined. 76 It consists of cells centred on scalar points ($t$, $S$, $p$, $\rho$) with 77 vector points $(u, v, w)$ defined in the centre of each face of the cells (\autoref{fig:DOM_cell}). 78 This is the generalisation to three dimensions of the well-known ``C'' grid in 79 Arakawa's classification \citep{mesinger.arakawa_bk76}. 80 The relative and planetary vorticity, $\zeta$ and $f$, are defined in the centre of each 81 vertical edge and the barotropic stream function $\psi$ is defined at horizontal points overlying 82 the $\zeta$ and $f$-points. 83 84 The ocean mesh (\ie\ the position of all the scalar and vector points) is defined by 85 the transformation that gives $(\lambda,\varphi,z)$ as a function of $(i,j,k)$. 86 The grid-points are located at integer or integer and a half value of $(i,j,k)$ as indicated on 87 \autoref{tab:DOM_cell}. 88 In all the following, 89 subscripts $u$, $v$, $w$, $f$, $uw$, $vw$ or $fw$ indicate the position of the grid-point where 90 the scale factors are defined. 85 91 Each scale factor is defined as the local analytical value provided by \autoref{eq:MB_scale_factors}. 86 92 As a result, the mesh on which partial derivatives $\pd[]{\lambda}$, $\pd[]{\varphi}$ and 87 93 $\pd[]{z}$ are evaluated is a uniform mesh with a grid size of unity. 88 Discrete partial derivatives are formulated by the traditional, centred second order finite difference approximation 89 while the scale factors are chosen equal to their local analytical value. 94 Discrete partial derivatives are formulated by 95 the traditional, centred second order finite difference approximation while 96 the scale factors are chosen equal to their local analytical value. 90 97 An important point here is that the partial derivative of the scale factors must be evaluated by 91 98 centred finite difference approximation, not from their analytical expression. 92 This preserves the symmetry of the discrete set of equations and therefore satisfies many of93 the continuous properties (see \autoref{apdx:INVARIANTS}).99 This preserves the symmetry of the discrete set of equations and 100 therefore satisfies many of the continuous properties (see \autoref{apdx:INVARIANTS}). 94 101 A similar, related remark can be made about the domain size: 95 when needed, an area, volume, or the total ocean depth must be evaluated as the product or sum of the relevant scale factors96 (see \autoref{eq:DOM_bar} in the next section).97 98 \begin{table} [!tb]102 when needed, an area, volume, or the total ocean depth must be evaluated as 103 the product or sum of the relevant scale factors (see \autoref{eq:DOM_bar} in the next section). 104 105 \begin{table} 99 106 \centering 100 \begin{tabular}{| p{46pt}|p{56pt}|p{56pt}|p{56pt}|}101 \hline 102 t & $i$ & $j $ & $k $ \\103 \hline 104 u 105 \hline 106 v & $i$ & $j + 1/2$ & $k $ \\107 \hline 108 w & $i$ & $j $ & $k + 1/2$ \\109 \hline 110 f 111 \hline 112 uw 113 \hline 114 vw & $i$ & $j + 1/2$ & $k + 1/2$ \\115 \hline 116 fw 107 \begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|l|} 108 \hline 109 t & $i $ & $j $ & $k $ \\ 110 \hline 111 u & $i + 1/2$ & $j $ & $k $ \\ 112 \hline 113 v & $i $ & $j + 1/2$ & $k $ \\ 114 \hline 115 w & $i $ & $j $ & $k + 1/2$ \\ 116 \hline 117 f & $i + 1/2$ & $j + 1/2$ & $k $ \\ 118 \hline 119 uw & $i + 1/2$ & $j $ & $k + 1/2$ \\ 120 \hline 121 vw & $i $ & $j + 1/2$ & $k + 1/2$ \\ 122 \hline 123 fw & $i + 1/2$ & $j + 1/2$ & $k + 1/2$ \\ 117 124 \hline 118 125 \end{tabular} … … 120 127 Location of grid-points as a function of integer or 121 128 integer and a half value of the column, line or level. 122 This indexing is only used for the writing of the semi 129 This indexing is only used for the writing of the semi-discrete equations. 123 130 In the code, the indexing uses integer values only and 124 131 is positive downwards in the vertical with $k=1$ at the surface. … … 137 144 firstly, there is no ambiguity in the scale factors appearing in the discrete equations, 138 145 since they are first introduced in the continuous equations; 139 secondly, analytical transformations encourage good practice by the definition of smoothly varying grids 140 (rather than allowing the user to set arbitrary jumps in thickness between adjacent layers) \citep{treguier.dukowicz.ea_JGR96}. 146 secondly, analytical transformations encourage good practice by 147 the definition of smoothly varying grids 148 (rather than allowing the user to set arbitrary jumps in thickness between adjacent layers) 149 \citep{treguier.dukowicz.ea_JGR96}. 141 150 An example of the effect of such a choice is shown in \autoref{fig:DOM_zgr_e3}. 142 \begin{figure} [!t]151 \begin{figure} 143 152 \centering 144 \includegraphics[width=0. 66\textwidth]{Fig_zgr_e3}153 \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{DOM_zgr_e3} 145 154 \caption[Comparison of grid-point position, vertical grid-size and scale factors]{ 146 155 Comparison of (a) traditional definitions of grid-point position and grid-size in the vertical, … … 159 168 \label{subsec:DOM_operators} 160 169 161 Given the values of a variable $q$ at adjacent points, the differencing and averaging operators at162 the midpoint between them are:170 Given the values of a variable $q$ at adjacent points, 171 the differencing and averaging operators at the midpoint between them are: 163 172 \begin{alignat*}{2} 164 173 % \label{eq:DOM_di_mi} … … 168 177 169 178 Similar operators are defined with respect to $i + 1/2$, $j$, $j + 1/2$, $k$, and $k + 1/2$. 170 Following \autoref{eq:MB_grad} and \autoref{eq:MB_lap}, the gradient of a variable $q$ defined at a $t$-point has 171 its three components defined at $u$-, $v$- and $w$-points while its Laplacian is defined at the $t$-point. 179 Following \autoref{eq:MB_grad} and \autoref{eq:MB_lap}, 180 the gradient of a variable $q$ defined at a $t$-point has 181 its three components defined at $u$-, $v$- and $w$-points while 182 its Laplacian is defined at the $t$-point. 172 183 These operators have the following discrete forms in the curvilinear $s$-coordinates system: 173 \ [184 \begin{gather*} 174 185 % \label{eq:DOM_grad} 175 186 \nabla q \equiv \frac{1}{e_{1u}} \delta_{i + 1/2} [q] \; \, \vect i 176 187 + \frac{1}{e_{2v}} \delta_{j + 1/2} [q] \; \, \vect j 177 + \frac{1}{e_{3w}} \delta_{k + 1/2} [q] \; \, \vect k 178 \] 179 \begin{multline*} 188 + \frac{1}{e_{3w}} \delta_{k + 1/2} [q] \; \, \vect k \\ 180 189 % \label{eq:DOM_lap} 181 190 \Delta q \equiv \frac{1}{e_{1t} \, e_{2t} \, e_{3t}} 182 191 \; \lt[ \delta_i \lt( \frac{e_{2u} \, e_{3u}}{e_{1u}} \; \delta_{i + 1/2} [q] \rt) 183 + \delta_j \lt( \frac{e_{1v} \, e_{3v}}{e_{2v}} \; \delta_{j + 1/2} [q] \rt) \; \rt] \\192 + \delta_j \lt( \frac{e_{1v} \, e_{3v}}{e_{2v}} \; \delta_{j + 1/2} [q] \rt) \; \rt] 184 193 + \frac{1}{e_{3t}} 185 194 \delta_k \lt[ \frac{1 }{e_{3w}} \; \delta_{k + 1/2} [q] \rt] 186 \end{multline*} 187 188 Following \autoref{eq:MB_curl} and \autoref{eq:MB_div}, a vector $\vect A = (a_1,a_2,a_3)$ defined at 189 vector points $(u,v,w)$ has its three curl components defined at $vw$-, $uw$, and $f$-points, and 195 \end{gather*} 196 197 Following \autoref{eq:MB_curl} and \autoref{eq:MB_div}, 198 a vector $\vect A = (a_1,a_2,a_3)$ defined at vector points $(u,v,w)$ has 199 its three curl components defined at $vw$-, $uw$, and $f$-points, and 190 200 its divergence defined at $t$-points: 191 \begin{multline }201 \begin{multline*} 192 202 % \label{eq:DOM_curl} 193 203 \nabla \times \vect A \equiv \frac{1}{e_{2v} \, e_{3vw}} … … 200 210 \Big[ \delta_{i + 1/2} (e_{2v} \, a_2) 201 211 - \delta_{j + 1/2} (e_{1u} \, a_1) \Big] \vect k 202 \end{multline }203 \ begin{equation}212 \end{multline*} 213 \[ 204 214 % \label{eq:DOM_div} 205 215 \nabla \cdot \vect A \equiv \frac{1}{e_{1t} \, e_{2t} \, e_{3t}} 206 216 \Big[ \delta_i (e_{2u} \, e_{3u} \, a_1) + \delta_j (e_{1v} \, e_{3v} \, a_2) \Big] 207 217 + \frac{1}{e_{3t}} \delta_k (a_3) 208 \ end{equation}209 210 The vertical average over the whole water column is denoted by an overbar and is for211 a masked field $q$ (\ie\ a quantity that is equal to zero inside solid areas):218 \] 219 220 The vertical average over the whole water column is denoted by an overbar and 221 is for a masked field $q$ (\ie\ a quantity that is equal to zero inside solid areas): 212 222 \begin{equation} 213 223 \label{eq:DOM_bar} … … 215 225 \end{equation} 216 226 where $H_q$ is the ocean depth, which is the masked sum of the vertical scale factors at $q$ points, 217 $k^b$ and $k^o$ are the bottom and surface $k$-indices, and the symbol $\sum \limits_k$ refers to a summation over 218 all grid points of the same type in the direction indicated by the subscript (here $k$). 227 $k^b$ and $k^o$ are the bottom and surface $k$-indices, 228 and the symbol $\sum \limits_k$ refers to a summation over all grid points of the same type in 229 the direction indicated by the subscript (here $k$). 219 230 220 231 In continuous form, the following properties are satisfied: … … 226 237 \end{gather} 227 238 228 It is straightforward to demonstrate that these properties are verified locally in discrete form as soon as229 the scalar $q$ is taken at $t$-points and the vector $\vect A$ has its components defined at239 It is straightforward to demonstrate that these properties are verified locally in discrete form as 240 soon as the scalar $q$ is taken at $t$-points and the vector $\vect A$ has its components defined at 230 241 vector points $(u,v,w)$. 231 242 232 243 Let $a$ and $b$ be two fields defined on the mesh, with a value of zero inside continental areas. 233 It can be shown that the differencing operators ($\delta_i$, $\delta_j$ and $\delta_k$) 234 are skew-symmetric linear operators, and further that the averaging operators $\overline{\cdots}^{\, i}$, 235 $\overline{\cdots}^{\, j}$ and $\overline{\cdots}^{\, k}$) are symmetric linear operators, \ie 236 \begin{alignat}{4} 244 It can be shown that the differencing operators ($\delta_i$, $\delta_j$ and 245 $\delta_k$) are skew-symmetric linear operators, 246 and further that the averaging operators ($\overline{\cdots}^{\, i}$, $\overline{\cdots}^{\, j}$ and 247 $\overline{\cdots}^{\, k}$) are symmetric linear operators, \ie 248 \begin{alignat}{5} 237 249 \label{eq:DOM_di_adj} 238 250 &\sum \limits_i a_i \; \delta_i [b] &\equiv &- &&\sum \limits_i \delta _{ i + 1/2} [a] &b_{i + 1/2} \\ … … 241 253 \end{alignat} 242 254 243 In other words, the adjoint of the differencing and averaging operators are $\delta_i^* = \delta_{i + 1/2}$ and 255 In other words, 256 the adjoint of the differencing and averaging operators are $\delta_i^* = \delta_{i + 1/2}$ and 244 257 $(\overline{\cdots}^{\, i})^* = \overline{\cdots}^{\, i + 1/2}$, respectively. 245 258 These two properties will be used extensively in the \autoref{apdx:INVARIANTS} to … … 250 263 \label{subsec:DOM_Num_Index} 251 264 252 \begin{figure} [!tb]265 \begin{figure} 253 266 \centering 254 \includegraphics[width=0. 66\textwidth]{Fig_index_hor}267 \includegraphics[width=0.33\textwidth]{DOM_index_hor} 255 268 \caption[Horizontal integer indexing]{ 256 269 Horizontal integer indexing used in the \fortran\ code. … … 261 274 262 275 The array representation used in the \fortran\ code requires an integer indexing. 263 However, the analytical definition of the mesh (see \autoref{subsec:DOM_cell}) is associated with the use of 264 integer values for $t$-points only while all the other points involve integer and a half values. 276 However, the analytical definition of the mesh (see \autoref{subsec:DOM_cell}) is associated with 277 the use of integer values for $t$-points only while 278 all the other points involve integer and a half values. 265 279 Therefore, a specific integer indexing has been defined for points other than $t$-points 266 280 (\ie\ velocity and vorticity grid-points). 267 Furthermore, the direction of the vertical indexing has been reversed and the surface level set at $k = 1$. 281 Furthermore, the direction of the vertical indexing has been reversed and 282 the surface level set at $k = 1$. 268 283 269 284 %% ================================================================================================= … … 281 296 \label{subsec:DOM_Num_Index_vertical} 282 297 283 In the vertical, the chosen indexing requires special attention since the direction of the $k$-axis in284 the \fortran\ code is the reverse of that used in the semi -discrete equations and285 given in \autoref{subsec:DOM_cell}.286 The sea surface corresponds to the $w$-level $k = 1$, which is the same index as the $t$-level just below287 (\autoref{fig:DOM_index_vert}).298 In the vertical, the chosen indexing requires special attention since 299 the direction of the $k$-axis in the \fortran\ code is the reverse of 300 that used in the semi-discrete equations and given in \autoref{subsec:DOM_cell}. 301 The sea surface corresponds to the $w$-level $k = 1$, 302 which is the same index as the $t$-level just below (\autoref{fig:DOM_index_vert}). 288 303 The last $w$-level ($k = jpk$) either corresponds to or is below the ocean floor while 289 304 the last $t$-level is always outside the ocean domain (\autoref{fig:DOM_index_vert}). 290 305 Note that a $w$-point and the directly underlaying $t$-point have a common $k$ index 291 306 (\ie\ $t$-points and their nearest $w$-point neighbour in negative index direction), 292 in contrast to the indexing on the horizontal plane where the $t$-point has the same index as 293 the nearest velocity points in the positive direction of the respective horizontal axis index 307 in contrast to the indexing on the horizontal plane where 308 the $t$-point has the same index as the nearest velocity points in 309 the positive direction of the respective horizontal axis index 294 310 (compare the dashed area in \autoref{fig:DOM_index_hor} and \autoref{fig:DOM_index_vert}). 295 311 Since the scale factors are chosen to be strictly positive, … … 298 314 accommodate the opposing vertical index directions in implementation and documentation. 299 315 300 \begin{figure} [!pt]316 \begin{figure} 301 317 \centering 302 \includegraphics[width=0. 66\textwidth]{Fig_index_vert}318 \includegraphics[width=0.33\textwidth]{DOM_index_vert} 303 319 \caption[Vertical integer indexing]{ 304 320 Vertical integer indexing used in the \fortran\ code. … … 314 330 315 331 Two typical methods are available to specify the spatial domain configuration; 316 they can be selected using parameter \np{ln_read_cfg}{ln\_read\_cfg} parameter in namelist \nam{cfg}{cfg}. 332 they can be selected using parameter \np{ln_read_cfg}{ln\_read\_cfg} parameter in 333 namelist \nam{cfg}{cfg}. 317 334 318 335 If \np{ln_read_cfg}{ln\_read\_cfg} is set to \forcode{.true.}, 319 the domain-specific parameters and fields are read from a netCDF input file, 320 whose name (without its .nc suffix) can be specified as the value of the \np{cn_domcfg}{cn\_domcfg} parameter in namelist \nam{cfg}{cfg}. 336 the domain-specific parameters and fields are read from a NetCDF input file, 337 whose name (without its .nc suffix) can be specified as 338 the value of the \np{cn_domcfg}{cn\_domcfg} parameter in namelist \nam{cfg}{cfg}. 321 339 322 340 If \np{ln_read_cfg}{ln\_read\_cfg} is set to \forcode{.false.}, … … 324 342 subroutines \mdl{usrdef\_hgr} and \mdl{usrdef\_zgr}. 325 343 These subroutines can be supplied in the \path{MY_SRC} directory of the configuration, 326 and default versions that configure the spatial domain for the GYRE reference configuration are present in327 the \path{./src/OCE/USR} directory.344 and default versions that configure the spatial domain for the GYRE reference configuration are 345 present in the \path{./src/OCE/USR} directory. 328 346 329 347 In version 4.0 there are no longer any options for reading complex bathymetries and … … 332 350 to run similar models with and without partial bottom boxes and/or sigma-coordinates, 333 351 supporting such choices leads to overly complex code. 334 Worse still is the difficulty of ensuring the model configurations intended to be identical are indeed so when 335 the model domain itself can be altered by runtime selections. 336 The code previously used to perform vertical discretisation has been incorporated into an external tool 337 (\path{./tools/DOMAINcfg}) which is briefly described in \autoref{apdx:DOMCFG}. 338 339 The next subsections summarise the parameter and fields related to the configuration of the whole model domain. 340 These represent the minimum information that must be provided either via the \np{cn_domcfg}{cn\_domcfg} file or set by code 341 inserted into user-supplied versions of the \texttt{usrdef\_*} subroutines. 352 Worse still is the difficulty of ensuring the model configurations intended to be identical are 353 indeed so when the model domain itself can be altered by runtime selections. 354 The code previously used to perform vertical discretisation has been incorporated into 355 an external tool (\path{./tools/DOMAINcfg}) which is briefly described in \autoref{apdx:DOMCFG}. 356 357 The next subsections summarise the parameter and fields related to 358 the configuration of the whole model domain. 359 These represent the minimum information that must be provided either via 360 the \np{cn_domcfg}{cn\_domcfg} file or 361 set by code inserted into user-supplied versions of the \texttt{usrdef\_*} subroutines. 342 362 The requirements are presented in three sections: 343 363 the domain size (\autoref{subsec:DOM_size}), the horizontal mesh (\autoref{subsec:DOM_hgr}), … … 348 368 \label{subsec:DOM_size} 349 369 350 The total size of the computational domain is set by the parameters \jp{jpiglo}, \jp{jpjglo} and \jp{jpkglo} for351 the $i$, $j$ and $k$ directions, respectively.352 Note, that the variables \texttt{jpi} and \texttt{jpj} refer to the size of each processor subdomain when353 the code is run in parallel using domain decomposition (\key{mpp\_mpi} defined,354 see \autoref{sec:LBC_mpp}).370 The total size of the computational domain is set by the parameters \jp{jpiglo}, \jp{jpjglo} and 371 \jp{jpkglo} for the $i$, $j$ and $k$ directions, respectively. 372 Note, that the variables \texttt{jpi} and \texttt{jpj} refer to 373 the size of each processor subdomain when the code is run in parallel using domain decomposition 374 (\key{mpp\_mpi} defined, see \autoref{sec:LBC_mpp}). 355 375 356 376 The name of the configuration is set through parameter \np{cn_cfg}{cn\_cfg}, … … 360 380 361 381 The global lateral boundary condition type is selected from 8 options using parameter \jp{jperio}. 362 See \autoref{sec:LBC_jperio} for details on the available options and the corresponding values for \jp{jperio}. 382 See \autoref{sec:LBC_jperio} for details on the available options and 383 the corresponding values for \jp{jperio}. 363 384 364 385 %% ================================================================================================= … … 370 391 \label{sec:DOM_hgr_fields} 371 392 372 The explicit specification of a range of mesh-related fields are required for the definition of a configuration. 393 The explicit specification of a range of mesh-related fields are required for 394 the definition of a configuration. 373 395 These include: 374 396 375 397 \begin{clines} 376 int jpiglo, jpjglo, jpkglo /* global domain sizes*/377 int jperio /* lateral global domain b.c.*/378 double glamt, glamu, glamv, glamf /* geographic longitude (t,u,v and f points respectively)*/379 double gphit, gphiu, gphiv, gphif /* geographic latitude*/380 double e1t, e1u, e1v, e1f /* horizontal scale factors*/381 double e2t, e2u, e2v, e2f /* horizontal scale factors*/398 int jpiglo, jpjglo, jpkglo /* global domain sizes */ 399 int jperio /* lateral global domain b.c. */ 400 double glamt, glamu, glamv, glamf /* geographic longitude (t,u,v and f points respectively) */ 401 double gphit, gphiu, gphiv, gphif /* geographic latitude */ 402 double e1t, e1u, e1v, e1f /* horizontal scale factors */ 403 double e2t, e2u, e2v, e2f /* horizontal scale factors */ 382 404 \end{clines} 383 405 … … 393 415 394 416 \begin{clines} 395 /* Optional:*/396 int ORCA, ORCA_index /* configuration name, configuration resolution*/397 double e1e2u, e1e2v /* U and V surfaces (if grid size reduction in some straits)*/398 double ff_f, ff_t /* Coriolis parameter (if not on the sphere)*/417 /* Optional: */ 418 int ORCA, ORCA_index /* configuration name, configuration resolution */ 419 double e1e2u, e1e2v /* U and V surfaces (if grid size reduction in some straits) */ 420 double ff_f, ff_t /* Coriolis parameter (if not on the sphere) */ 399 421 \end{clines} 400 422 … … 403 425 This is particularly useful for locations such as Gibraltar or Indonesian Throughflow pinch-points 404 426 (see \autoref{sec:MISC_strait} for illustrated examples). 405 The key is to reduce the faces of $T$-cell (\ie\ change the value of the horizontal scale factors at $u$- or $v$-point) but 427 The key is to reduce the faces of $T$-cell 428 (\ie\ change the value of the horizontal scale factors at $u$- or $v$-point) but 406 429 not the volume of the cells. 407 430 Doing otherwise can lead to numerical instability issues. 408 431 In normal operation the surface areas are computed from $e1u * e2u$ and $e1v * e2v$ but 409 432 in cases where a gridsize reduction is required, 410 the unaltered surface areas at $u$ and $v$ grid points (\texttt{e1e2u} and \texttt{e1e2v}, respectively) must be read or 411 pre-computed in \mdl{usrdef\_hgr}. 412 If these arrays are present in the \np{cn_domcfg}{cn\_domcfg} file they are read and the internal computation is suppressed. 413 Versions of \mdl{usrdef\_hgr} which set their own values of \texttt{e1e2u} and \texttt{e1e2v} should set 414 the surface-area computation flag: 433 the unaltered surface areas at $u$ and $v$ grid points 434 (\texttt{e1e2u} and \texttt{e1e2v}, respectively) must be read or pre-computed in \mdl{usrdef\_hgr}. 435 If these arrays are present in the \np{cn_domcfg}{cn\_domcfg} file they are read and 436 the internal computation is suppressed. 437 Versions of \mdl{usrdef\_hgr} which set their own values of \texttt{e1e2u} and \texttt{e1e2v} should 438 set the surface-area computation flag: 415 439 \texttt{ie1e2u\_v} to a non-zero value to suppress their re-computation. 416 440 417 441 \smallskip 418 442 Similar logic applies to the other optional fields: 419 \texttt{ff\_f} and \texttt{ff\_t} which can be used to provide the Coriolis parameter at F- and T-points respectively if 420 the mesh is not on a sphere. 421 If present these fields will be read and used and the normal calculation ($2 * \Omega * \sin(\varphi)$) suppressed. 422 Versions of \mdl{usrdef\_hgr} which set their own values of \texttt{ff\_f} and \texttt{ff\_t} should set 423 the Coriolis computation flag: 443 \texttt{ff\_f} and \texttt{ff\_t} which can be used to 444 provide the Coriolis parameter at F- and T-points respectively if the mesh is not on a sphere. 445 If present these fields will be read and used and 446 the normal calculation ($2 * \Omega * \sin(\varphi)$) suppressed. 447 Versions of \mdl{usrdef\_hgr} which set their own values of \texttt{ff\_f} and \texttt{ff\_t} should 448 set the Coriolis computation flag: 424 449 \texttt{iff} to a non-zero value to suppress their re-computation. 425 450 426 Note that longitudes, latitudes, and scale factors at $w$ points are exactly equal to those of $t$ points,427 th us no specific arrays are defined at $w$ points.451 Note that longitudes, latitudes, and scale factors at $w$ points are exactly equal to 452 those of $t$ points, thus no specific arrays are defined at $w$ points. 428 453 429 454 %% ================================================================================================= 430 455 \subsection[Vertical grid (\textit{domzgr.F90})]{Vertical grid (\protect\mdl{domzgr})} 431 456 \label{subsec:DOM_zgr} 457 432 458 \begin{listing} 433 459 \nlst{namdom} … … 438 464 In the vertical, the model mesh is determined by four things: 439 465 \begin{enumerate} 440 \item the bathymetry given in meters; 441 \item the number of levels of the model (\jp{jpk}); 442 \item the analytical transformation $z(i,j,k)$ and the vertical scale factors (derivatives of the transformation); and 443 \item the masking system, \ie\ the number of wet model levels at each 444 $(i,j)$ location of the horizontal grid. 466 \item the bathymetry given in meters; 467 \item the number of levels of the model (\jp{jpk}); 468 \item the analytical transformation $z(i,j,k)$ and the vertical scale factors 469 (derivatives of the transformation); and 470 \item the masking system, 471 \ie\ the number of wet model levels at each $(i,j)$ location of the horizontal grid. 445 472 \end{enumerate} 446 473 447 \begin{figure} [!tb]474 \begin{figure} 448 475 \centering 449 \includegraphics[width=0. 66\textwidth]{Fig_z_zps_s_sps}476 \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{DOM_z_zps_s_sps} 450 477 \caption[Ocean bottom regarding coordinate systems ($z$, $s$ and hybrid $s-z$)]{ 451 478 The ocean bottom as seen by the model: 452 (a) $z$-coordinate with full step, 453 (b) $z$-coordinate with partial step, 454 (c) $s$-coordinate: terrain following representation, 455 (d) hybrid $s-z$ coordinate, 456 (e) hybrid $s-z$ coordinate with partial step, and 457 (f) same as (e) but in the non-linear free surface (\protect\np[=.false.]{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh}). 458 Note that the non-linear free surface can be used with any of the 5 coordinates (a) to (e).} 479 \begin{enumerate*}[label=(\textit{\alph*})] 480 \item $z$-coordinate with full step, 481 \item $z$-coordinate with partial step, 482 \item $s$-coordinate: terrain following representation, 483 \item hybrid $s-z$ coordinate, 484 \item hybrid $s-z$ coordinate with partial step, and 485 \item same as (e) but in the non-linear free surface 486 (\protect\np[=.false.]{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh}). 487 \end{enumerate*} 488 Note that the non-linear free surface can be used with any of the 5 coordinates (a) to (e).} 459 489 \label{fig:DOM_z_zps_s_sps} 460 490 \end{figure} … … 463 493 it is not intended to be an option which can be changed in the middle of an experiment. 464 494 The one exception to this statement being the choice of linear or non-linear free surface. 465 In v4.0 the linear free surface option is implemented as a special case of the non-linear free surface. 495 In v4.0 the linear free surface option is implemented as 496 a special case of the non-linear free surface. 466 497 This is computationally wasteful since it uses the structures for time-varying 3D metrics 467 498 for fields that (in the linear free surface case) are fixed. 468 However, the linear free-surface is rarely used and implementing it this way means 469 a single configuration file can support both options. 470 471 By default a non-linear free surface is used (\np{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh} set to \forcode{=.false.} in \nam{dom}{dom}): 472 the coordinate follow the time-variation of the free surface so that the transformation is time dependent: 473 $z(i,j,k,t)$ (\eg\ \autoref{fig:DOM_z_zps_s_sps}f). 474 When a linear free surface is assumed (\np{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh} set to \forcode{=.true.} in \nam{dom}{dom}), 475 the vertical coordinates are fixed in time, but the seawater can move up and down across the $z_0$ surface 499 However, the linear free-surface is rarely used and 500 implementing it this way means a single configuration file can support both options. 501 502 By default a non-linear free surface is used 503 (\np{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh} set to \forcode{=.false.} in \nam{dom}{dom}): 504 the coordinate follow the time-variation of the free surface so that 505 the transformation is time dependent: $z(i,j,k,t)$ (\eg\ \autoref{fig:DOM_z_zps_s_sps}f). 506 When a linear free surface is assumed 507 (\np{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh} set to \forcode{=.true.} in \nam{dom}{dom}), 508 the vertical coordinates are fixed in time, but 509 the seawater can move up and down across the $z_0$ surface 476 510 (in other words, the top of the ocean in not a rigid lid). 477 511 478 512 Note that settings: 479 \np{ln_zco}{ln\_zco}, \np{ln_zps}{ln\_zps}, \np{ln_sco}{ln\_sco} and \np{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav} mentioned in the following sections 480 appear to be namelist options but they are no longer truly namelist options for \NEMO. 513 \np{ln_zco}{ln\_zco}, \np{ln_zps}{ln\_zps}, \np{ln_sco}{ln\_sco} and \np{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav} 514 mentioned in the following sections appear to be namelist options but 515 they are no longer truly namelist options for \NEMO. 481 516 Their value is written to and read from the domain configuration file and 482 517 they should be treated as fixed parameters for a particular configuration. 483 They are namelist options for the \texttt{DOMAINcfg} tool that can be used to build the configuration file and484 serve both to provide a record of the choices made whilst building the configuration and 485 to trigger appropriate code blocks within \NEMO.518 They are namelist options for the \texttt{DOMAINcfg} tool that can be used to 519 build the configuration file and serve both to provide a record of the choices made whilst 520 building the configuration and to trigger appropriate code blocks within \NEMO. 486 521 These values should not be altered in the \np{cn_domcfg}{cn\_domcfg} file. 487 522 … … 501 536 A further choice related to vertical coordinate concerns 502 537 the presence (or not) of ocean cavities beneath ice shelves within the model domain. 503 A setting of \np{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav} as \forcode{.true.} indicates that the domain contains ocean cavities, 538 A setting of \np{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav} as \forcode{.true.} indicates that 539 the domain contains ocean cavities, 504 540 otherwise the top, wet layer of the ocean will always be at the ocean surface. 505 541 This option is currently only available for $z$- or $zps$-coordinates. 506 542 In the latter case, partial steps are also applied at the ocean/ice shelf interface. 507 543 508 Within the model, the arrays describing the grid point depths and vertical scale factors are three set of 509 three dimensional arrays $(i,j,k)$ defined at \textit{before}, \textit{now} and \textit{after} time step. 544 Within the model, 545 the arrays describing the grid point depths and vertical scale factors are 546 three set of three dimensional arrays $(i,j,k)$ defined at 547 \textit{before}, \textit{now} and \textit{after} time step. 510 548 The time at which they are defined is indicated by a suffix: $\_b$, $\_n$, or $\_a$, respectively. 511 549 They are updated at each model time step. … … 534 572 \end{clines} 535 573 536 This set of vertical metrics is sufficient to describe the initial depth and thickness of every gridcell in537 the model regardless of the choice of vertical coordinate.574 This set of vertical metrics is sufficient to describe the initial depth and thickness of 575 every gridcell in the model regardless of the choice of vertical coordinate. 538 576 With constant z-levels, e3 metrics will be uniform across each horizontal level. 539 577 In the partial step case each e3 at the \jp{bottom\_level} … … 541 579 may vary from its horizontal neighbours. 542 580 And, in s-coordinates, variations can occur throughout the water column. 543 With the non-linear free-surface, all the coordinates behave more like the s-coordinate in 544 thatvariations occur throughout the water column with displacements related to the sea surface height.581 With the non-linear free-surface, all the coordinates behave more like the s-coordinate in that 582 variations occur throughout the water column with displacements related to the sea surface height. 545 583 These variations are typically much smaller than those arising from bottom fitted coordinates. 546 584 The values for vertical metrics supplied in the domain configuration file can be considered as 547 585 those arising from a flat sea surface with zero elevation. 548 586 549 The \jp{bottom\_level} and \jp{top\_level} 2D arrays define the \jp{bottom\_level} and top wet levels in each grid column. 587 The \jp{bottom\_level} and \jp{top\_level} 2D arrays define 588 the \jp{bottom\_level} and top wet levels in each grid column. 550 589 Without ice cavities, \jp{top\_level} is essentially a land mask (0 on land; 1 everywhere else). 551 590 With ice cavities, \jp{top\_level} determines the first wet point below the overlying ice shelf. … … 556 595 557 596 From \jp{top\_level} and \jp{bottom\_level} fields, the mask fields are defined as follows: 558 \begin{alignat*}{2} 559 tmask(i,j,k) &= & & 560 \begin{cases} 561 0 &\text{if $ k < top\_level(i,j)$} \\ 562 1 &\text{if $bottom\_level(i,j) \leq k \leq top\_level(i,j)$} \\ 563 0 &\text{if $ k > bottom\_level(i,j)$} 564 \end{cases} 565 \\ 566 umask(i,j,k) &= & &tmask(i,j,k) * tmask(i + 1,j, k) \\ 567 vmask(i,j,k) &= & &tmask(i,j,k) * tmask(i ,j + 1,k) \\ 568 fmask(i,j,k) &= & &tmask(i,j,k) * tmask(i + 1,j, k) \\ 569 & &* &tmask(i,j,k) * tmask(i + 1,j, k) \\ 570 wmask(i,j,k) &= & &tmask(i,j,k) * tmask(i ,j,k - 1) \\ 571 \text{with~} wmask(i,j,1) &= & &tmask(i,j,1) 572 \end{alignat*} 597 \begin{align*} 598 tmask(i,j,k) &= 599 \begin{cases} 600 0 &\text{if $ k < top\_level(i,j)$} \\ 601 1 &\text{if $ bottom\_level(i,j) \leq k \leq top\_level(i,j)$} \\ 602 0 &\text{if $k > bottom\_level(i,j) $} 603 \end{cases} \\ 604 umask(i,j,k) &= tmask(i,j,k) * tmask(i + 1,j, k) \\ 605 vmask(i,j,k) &= tmask(i,j,k) * tmask(i ,j + 1,k) \\ 606 fmask(i,j,k) &= tmask(i,j,k) * tmask(i + 1,j, k) * tmask(i,j,k) * tmask(i + 1,j, k) \\ 607 wmask(i,j,k) &= tmask(i,j,k) * tmask(i ,j,k - 1) \\ 608 \text{with~} wmask(i,j,1) &= tmask(i,j,1) 609 \end{align*} 573 610 574 611 Note that, without ice shelves cavities, 575 masks at $t-$ and $w-$points are identical with the numerical indexing used (\autoref{subsec:DOM_Num_Index}). 576 Nevertheless, $wmask$ are required with ocean cavities to deal with the top boundary (ice shelf/ocean interface) 612 masks at $t-$ and $w-$points are identical with the numerical indexing used 613 (\autoref{subsec:DOM_Num_Index}). 614 Nevertheless, 615 $wmask$ are required with ocean cavities to deal with the top boundary (ice shelf/ocean interface) 577 616 exactly in the same way as for the bottom boundary. 578 617 … … 588 627 \label{subsec:DOM_closea} 589 628 590 When a global ocean is coupled to an atmospheric model it is better to represent all large water bodies591 (\eg\ Great Lakes, Caspian sea \dots) even if the model resolution does not allow their communication with 592 the rest of the ocean.629 When a global ocean is coupled to an atmospheric model it is better to 630 represent all large water bodies (\eg\ Great Lakes, Caspian sea, \dots) even if 631 the model resolution does not allow their communication with the rest of the ocean. 593 632 This is unnecessary when the ocean is forced by fixed atmospheric conditions, 594 633 so these seas can be removed from the ocean domain. 595 The user has the option to set the bathymetry in closed seas to zero (see \autoref{sec:MISC_closea}) and 596 to optionally decide on the fate of any freshwater imbalance over the area. 597 The options are explained in \autoref{sec:MISC_closea} but it should be noted here that 598 a successful use of these options requires appropriate mask fields to be present in the domain configuration file. 634 The user has the option to 635 set the bathymetry in closed seas to zero (see \autoref{sec:MISC_closea}) and to 636 optionally decide on the fate of any freshwater imbalance over the area. 637 The options are explained in \autoref{sec:MISC_closea} but 638 it should be noted here that a successful use of these options requires 639 appropriate mask fields to be present in the domain configuration file. 599 640 Among the possibilities are: 600 641 601 642 \begin{clines} 602 int closea_mask /* non-zero values in closed sea areas for optional masking*/603 int closea_mask_rnf /* non-zero values in closed sea areas with runoff locations (precip only)*/604 int closea_mask_emp /* non-zero values in closed sea areas with runoff locations (total emp)*/643 int closea_mask /* non-zero values in closed sea areas for optional masking */ 644 int closea_mask_rnf /* non-zero values in closed sea areas with runoff locations (precip only) */ 645 int closea_mask_emp /* non-zero values in closed sea areas with runoff locations (total emp) */ 605 646 \end{clines} 606 647 … … 610 651 611 652 Most of the arrays relating to a particular ocean model configuration discussed in this chapter 612 (grid-point position, scale factors) 613 can be saved in a file if 614 namelist parameter \np{ln_write_cfg}{ln\_write\_cfg} (namelist \nam{cfg}{cfg}) is set to\forcode{.true.};653 (grid-point position, scale factors) can be saved in a file if 654 namelist parameter \np{ln_write_cfg}{ln\_write\_cfg} (namelist \nam{cfg}{cfg}) is set to 655 \forcode{.true.}; 615 656 the output filename is set through parameter \np{cn_domcfg_out}{cn\_domcfg\_out}. 616 657 This is only really useful if … … 619 660 620 661 Alternatively, all the arrays relating to a particular ocean model configuration 621 (grid-point position, scale factors, depths and masks) 622 can be saved in a file called \texttt{mesh\_mask} if 623 namelist parameter \np{ln_meshmask}{ln\_meshmask} (namelist \nam{dom}{dom}) is set to \forcode{.true.}. 662 (grid-point position, scale factors, depths and masks) can be saved in 663 a file called \texttt{mesh\_mask} if 664 namelist parameter \np{ln_meshmask}{ln\_meshmask} (namelist \nam{dom}{dom}) is set to 665 \forcode{.true.}. 624 666 This file contains additional fields that can be useful for post-processing applications. 625 667 … … 627 669 \section[Initial state (\textit{istate.F90} and \textit{dtatsd.F90})]{Initial state (\protect\mdl{istate} and \protect\mdl{dtatsd})} 628 670 \label{sec:DOM_DTA_tsd} 671 629 672 \begin{listing} 630 673 \nlst{namtsd} … … 638 681 639 682 \begin{description} 640 \item [{\np[=.true.]{ln_tsd_init}{ln\_tsd\_init}}] Use T and S input files that can be given on the model grid itself or on their native input data grids. 641 In the latter case, the data will be interpolated on-the-fly both in the horizontal and the vertical to the model grid 683 \item [{\np[=.true.]{ln_tsd_init}{ln\_tsd\_init}}] Use T and S input files that can be given on 684 the model grid itself or on their native input data grids. 685 In the latter case, 686 the data will be interpolated on-the-fly both in the horizontal and the vertical to the model grid 642 687 (see \autoref{subsec:SBC_iof}). 643 The information relating to the input files are specified in the \np{sn_tem}{sn\_tem} and \np{sn_sal}{sn\_sal} structures. 688 The information relating to the input files are specified in 689 the \np{sn_tem}{sn\_tem} and \np{sn_sal}{sn\_sal} structures. 644 690 The computation is done in the \mdl{dtatsd} module. 645 \item [{\np[=.false.]{ln_tsd_init}{ln\_tsd\_init}}] Initial values for T and S are set via a user supplied \rou{usr\_def\_istate} routine contained in \mdl{userdef\_istate}. 691 \item [{\np[=.false.]{ln_tsd_init}{ln\_tsd\_init}}] Initial values for T and S are set via 692 a user supplied \rou{usr\_def\_istate} routine contained in \mdl{userdef\_istate}. 646 693 The default version sets horizontally uniform T and profiles as used in the GYRE configuration 647 694 (see \autoref{sec:CFGS_gyre}). 648 695 \end{description} 649 696 650 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}697 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 651 698 652 699 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_DYN.tex
r11599 r11954 67 67 Furthermore, the tendency terms associated with the 2D barotropic vorticity balance (when \texttt{trdvor?} is defined) 68 68 can be derived from the 3D terms. 69 \ gmcomment{STEVEN: not quite sure I've got the sense of the last sentence. does70 MISC correspond to "extracting tendency terms" or "vorticity balance"?}69 \cmtgm{STEVEN: not quite sure I've got the sense of the last sentence. 70 Does MISC correspond to "extracting tendency terms" or "vorticity balance"?} 71 71 72 72 %% ================================================================================================= … … 153 153 as changes in the divergence of the barotropic transport are absorbed into the change of the level thicknesses, 154 154 re-orientated downward. 155 \ gmcomment{not sure of this... to be modified with the change in emp setting}155 \cmtgm{not sure of this... to be modified with the change in emp setting} 156 156 In the case of a linear free surface, the time derivative in \autoref{eq:DYN_wzv} disappears. 157 157 The upper boundary condition applies at a fixed level $z=0$. … … 287 287 $u$ and $v$ are located at different grid points, 288 288 a price worth paying to avoid a double averaging in the pressure gradient term as in the $B$-grid. 289 \ gmcomment{ To circumvent this, Adcroft (ADD REF HERE)289 \cmtgm{ To circumvent this, Adcroft (ADD REF HERE) 290 290 Nevertheless, this technique strongly distort the phase and group velocity of Rossby waves....} 291 291 … … 311 311 \begin{figure}[!ht] 312 312 \centering 313 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_DYN_een_triad}313 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{DYN_een_triad} 314 314 \caption[Triads used in the energy and enstrophy conserving scheme (EEN)]{ 315 315 Triads used in the energy and enstrophy conserving scheme (EEN) for … … 516 516 In the vertical, the centred $2^{nd}$ order evaluation of the advection is preferred, \ie\ $u_{uw}^{ubs}$ and 517 517 $u_{vw}^{ubs}$ in \autoref{eq:DYN_adv_cen2} are used. 518 UBS is diffusive and is associated with vertical mixing of momentum. \ gmcomment{ gm pursue the518 UBS is diffusive and is associated with vertical mixing of momentum. \cmtgm{ gm pursue the 519 519 sentence:Since vertical mixing of momentum is a source term of the TKE equation... } 520 520 … … 534 534 there is also the possibility of using a $4^{th}$ order evaluation of the advective velocity as in ROMS. 535 535 This is an error and should be suppressed soon. 536 \ gmcomment{action : this have to be done}536 \cmtgm{action : this have to be done} 537 537 538 538 %% ================================================================================================= … … 846 846 \begin{figure}[!t] 847 847 \centering 848 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_DYN_dynspg_ts}848 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{DYN_dynspg_ts} 849 849 \caption[Split-explicit time stepping scheme for the external and internal modes]{ 850 850 Schematic of the split-explicit time stepping scheme for the external and internal modes. … … 915 915 it is still significant as shown by \citet{levier.treguier.ea_rpt07} in the case of an analytical barotropic Kelvin wave. 916 916 917 \ gmcomment{ %%% copy from griffies Book917 \cmtgm{ %%% copy from griffies Book 918 918 919 919 \textbf{title: Time stepping the barotropic system } … … 1043 1043 1044 1044 %% gm %%======>>>> given here the discrete eqs provided to the solver 1045 \ gmcomment{ %%% copy from chap-model basics1045 \cmtgm{ %%% copy from chap-model basics 1046 1046 \[ 1047 1047 % \label{eq:DYN_spg_flt} … … 1054 1054 and $\mathrm {\mathbf M}$ represents the collected contributions of the Coriolis, hydrostatic pressure gradient, 1055 1055 non-linear and viscous terms in \autoref{eq:MB_dyn}. 1056 } %end gmcomment1056 } %end cmtgm 1057 1057 1058 1058 Note that in the linear free surface formulation (\texttt{vvl?} not defined), … … 1082 1082 no slip or partial slip boundary conditions are applied according to the user's choice (see \autoref{chap:LBC}). 1083 1083 1084 \ gmcomment{1084 \cmtgm{ 1085 1085 Hyperviscous operators are frequently used in the simulation of turbulent flows to 1086 1086 control the dissipation of unresolved small scale features. … … 1183 1183 the first derivative term normal to the coast depends on the free or no-slip lateral boundary conditions chosen, 1184 1184 while the third derivative terms normal to the coast are set to zero (see \autoref{chap:LBC}). 1185 \ gmcomment{add a remark on the the change in the position of the coefficient}1185 \cmtgm{add a remark on the the change in the position of the coefficient} 1186 1186 1187 1187 %% ================================================================================================= … … 1252 1252 the snow-ice mass is taken into account when computing the surface pressure gradient. 1253 1253 1254 \ gmcomment{ missing : the lateral boundary condition !!! another external forcing1254 \cmtgm{ missing : the lateral boundary condition !!! another external forcing 1255 1255 } 1256 1256 … … 1480 1480 \begin{figure}[!ht] 1481 1481 \centering 1482 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_WAD_dynhpg}1482 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{DYN_WAD_dynhpg} 1483 1483 \caption[Combinations controlling the limiting of the horizontal pressure gradient in 1484 1484 wetting and drying regimes]{ … … 1596 1596 and only array swapping and Asselin filtering is done in \mdl{dynnxt}. 1597 1597 1598 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}1598 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 1599 1599 1600 1600 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_LBC.tex
r11598 r11954 25 25 \clearpage 26 26 27 %gm% add here introduction to this chapter 27 \cmtgm{Add here introduction to this chapter} 28 28 29 29 %% ================================================================================================= … … 79 79 \begin{figure}[!t] 80 80 \centering 81 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_LBC_uv}81 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{LBC_uv} 82 82 \caption[Lateral boundary at $T$-level]{ 83 83 Lateral boundary (thick line) at T-level. … … 104 104 \begin{figure}[!p] 105 105 \centering 106 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_LBC_shlat}106 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{LBC_shlat} 107 107 \caption[Lateral boundary conditions]{ 108 108 Lateral boundary conditions … … 201 201 \begin{figure}[!t] 202 202 \centering 203 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_LBC_jperio}203 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{LBC_jperio} 204 204 \caption[Setting of east-west cyclic and symmetric across the Equator boundary conditions]{ 205 205 Setting of (a) east-west cyclic (b) symmetric across the Equator boundary conditions} … … 219 219 \begin{figure}[!t] 220 220 \centering 221 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_North_Fold_T}221 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{LBC_North_Fold_T} 222 222 \caption[North fold boundary in ORCA 2\deg, 1/4\deg and 1/12\deg]{ 223 223 North fold boundary with a $T$-point pivot and cyclic east-west boundary condition ($jperio=4$), … … 272 272 \begin{figure}[!t] 273 273 \centering 274 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_mpp}274 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{LBC_mpp} 275 275 \caption{Positioning of a sub-domain when massively parallel processing is used} 276 276 \label{fig:LBC_mpp} … … 325 325 \begin{figure}[!ht] 326 326 \centering 327 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_mppini2}327 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{LBC_mppini2} 328 328 \caption[Atlantic domain defined for the CLIPPER projet]{ 329 329 Example of Atlantic domain defined for the CLIPPER projet. … … 596 596 \begin{figure}[!t] 597 597 \centering 598 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_LBC_bdy_geom}598 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{LBC_bdy_geom} 599 599 \caption[Geometry of unstructured open boundary]{Example of geometry of unstructured open boundary} 600 600 \label{fig:LBC_bdy_geom} … … 631 631 \begin{figure}[!t] 632 632 \centering 633 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_LBC_nc_header}633 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{LBC_nc_header} 634 634 \caption[Header for a \protect\ifile{coordinates.bdy} file]{ 635 635 Example of the header for a \protect\ifile{coordinates.bdy} file} … … 708 708 direction of rotation). %, e.g. anticlockwise or clockwise. 709 709 710 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}710 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 711 711 712 712 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_LDF.tex
r11599 r11954 68 68 \label{sec:LDF_slp} 69 69 70 \ gmcomment{70 \cmtgm{ 71 71 we should emphasize here that the implementation is a rather old one. 72 72 Better work can be achieved by using \citet{griffies.gnanadesikan.ea_JPO98, griffies_bk04} iso-neutral scheme. … … 84 84 $r_{1f}$, $r_{1vw}$, $r_{2t}$, $r_{2vw}$ for $v$. 85 85 86 %gm% add here afigure of the slope in i-direction 86 \cmtgm{Add here afigure of the slope in i-direction} 87 87 88 88 %% ================================================================================================= … … 94 94 the diffusive fluxes in the three directions are set to zero and $T$ is assumed to be horizontally uniform, 95 95 \ie\ a linear function of $z_T$, the depth of a $T$-point. 96 %gm { Steven : My version is obviously wrong since I'm left with an arbitrary constant which is the local vertical temperature gradient} 96 \cmtgm{Steven : My version is obviously wrong since 97 I'm left with an arbitrary constant which is the local vertical temperature gradient} 97 98 98 99 \begin{equation} … … 112 113 \end{equation} 113 114 114 %gm% caution I'm not sure the simplification was a good idea! 115 \cmtgm{Caution I'm not sure the simplification was a good idea!} 115 116 116 117 These slopes are computed once in \rou{ldf\_slp\_init} when \np[=.true.]{ln_sco}{ln\_sco}, … … 144 145 \end{equation} 145 146 146 %gm% rewrite this as the explanation is not very clear !!! 147 \cmtgm{rewrite this as the explanation is not very clear !!!} 147 148 %In practice, \autoref{eq:LDF_slp_iso} is of little help in evaluating the neutral surface slopes. Indeed, for an unsimplified equation of state, the density has a strong dependancy on pressure (here approximated as the depth), therefore applying \autoref{eq:LDF_slp_iso} using the $in situ$ density, $\rho$, computed at T-points leads to a flattening of slopes as the depth increases. This is due to the strong increase of the $in situ$ density with depth. 148 149 … … 173 174 will include a pressure dependent part, leading to the wrong evaluation of the neutral slopes. 174 175 175 %gm%176 176 Note: The solution for $s$-coordinate passes trough the use of different (and better) expression for 177 177 the constraint on iso-neutral fluxes. … … 182 182 \alpha \ \textbf{F}(T) = \beta \ \textbf{F}(S) 183 183 \] 184 % gm{where vector F is ....}184 \cmtgm{where vector F is ....} 185 185 186 186 This constraint leads to the following definition for the slopes: … … 229 229 This allows an iso-neutral diffusion scheme without additional background horizontal mixing. 230 230 This technique can be viewed as a diffusion operator that acts along large-scale 231 (2~$\Delta$x) \ gmcomment{2deltax doesnt seem very large scale} iso-neutral surfaces.231 (2~$\Delta$x) \cmtgm{2deltax doesnt seem very large scale} iso-neutral surfaces. 232 232 The diapycnal diffusion required for numerical stability is thus minimized and its net effect on the flow is quite small when compared to the effect of an horizontal background mixing. 233 233 … … 237 237 \begin{figure}[!ht] 238 238 \centering 239 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_LDF_ZDF1}239 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{LDF_ZDF1} 240 240 \caption{Averaging procedure for isopycnal slope computation} 241 241 \label{fig:LDF_ZDF1} … … 263 263 \begin{figure}[!ht] 264 264 \centering 265 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_eiv_slp}265 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{LDF_eiv_slp} 266 266 \caption[Vertical profile of the slope used for lateral mixing in the mixed layer]{ 267 267 Vertical profile of the slope used for lateral mixing in the mixed layer: … … 478 478 479 479 %%gm from Triad appendix : to be incorporated.... 480 \ gmcomment{480 \cmtgm{ 481 481 Values of iso-neutral diffusivity and GM coefficient are set as described in \autoref{sec:LDF_coef}. 482 482 If none of the keys \key{traldf\_cNd}, N=1,2,3 is set (the default), spatially constant iso-neutral $A_l$ and … … 544 544 \colorbox{yellow}{TBC} 545 545 546 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}546 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 547 547 548 548 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_OBS.tex
r11598 r11954 711 711 \begin{figure} 712 712 \centering 713 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_OBS_avg_rec}713 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{OBS_avg_rec} 714 714 \caption[Observational weights with a rectangular footprint]{ 715 715 Weights associated with each model grid box (blue lines and numbers) … … 720 720 \begin{figure} 721 721 \centering 722 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_OBS_avg_rad}722 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{OBS_avg_rad} 723 723 \caption[Observational weights with a radial footprint]{ 724 724 Weights associated with each model grid box (blue lines and numbers) … … 798 798 \begin{figure} 799 799 \centering 800 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_ASM_obsdist_local}800 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{OBS_obsdist_local} 801 801 \caption[Observations with the geographical distribution]{ 802 802 Example of the distribution of observations with … … 825 825 \begin{figure} 826 826 \centering 827 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_ASM_obsdist_global}827 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{OBS_obsdist_global} 828 828 \caption[Observations with the round-robin distribution]{ 829 829 Example of the distribution of observations with … … 855 855 856 856 %% ================================================================================================= 857 \section{Standalone observation operator }857 \section{Standalone observation operator (\texttt{SAO})} 858 858 \label{sec:OBS_sao} 859 859 … … 1164 1164 \begin{figure} 1165 1165 \centering 1166 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_OBS_dataplot_main}1166 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{OBS_dataplot_main} 1167 1167 \caption{Main window of dataplot} 1168 1168 \label{fig:OBS_dataplotmain} … … 1174 1174 \begin{figure} 1175 1175 \centering 1176 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_OBS_dataplot_prof}1176 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{OBS_dataplot_prof} 1177 1177 \caption[Profile plot from dataplot]{ 1178 1178 Profile plot from dataplot produced by right clicking on a point in the main window} … … 1180 1180 \end{figure} 1181 1181 1182 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}1182 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 1183 1183 1184 1184 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_SBC.tex
r11599 r11954 880 880 %ENDIF 881 881 882 %\gmcomment{ word doc of runoffs: 883 %In the current \NEMO\ setup river runoff is added to emp fluxes, these are then applied at just the sea surface as a volume change (in the variable volume case this is a literal volume change, and in the linear free surface case the free surface is moved) and a salt flux due to the concentration/dilution effect. There is also an option to increase vertical mixing near river mouths; this gives the effect of having a 3d river. All river runoff and emp fluxes are assumed to be fresh water (zero salinity) and at the same temperature as the sea surface. 884 %Our aim was to code the option to specify the temperature and salinity of river runoff, (as well as the amount), along with the depth that the river water will affect. This would make it possible to model low salinity outflow, such as the Baltic, and would allow the ocean temperature to be affected by river runoff. 885 886 %The depth option makes it possible to have the river water affecting just the surface layer, throughout depth, or some specified point in between. 887 888 %To do this we need to treat evaporation/precipitation fluxes and river runoff differently in the tra_sbc module. We decided to separate them throughout the code, so that the variable emp represented solely evaporation minus precipitation fluxes, and a new 2d variable rnf was added which represents the volume flux of river runoff (in kg/m2s to remain consistent with emp). This meant many uses of emp and emps needed to be changed, a list of all modules which use emp or emps and the changes made are below: 882 \cmtgm{ word doc of runoffs: 883 In the current \NEMO\ setup river runoff is added to emp fluxes, 884 these are then applied at just the sea surface as a volume change (in the variable volume case 885 this is a literal volume change, and in the linear free surface case the free surface is moved) 886 and a salt flux due to the concentration/dilution effect. 887 There is also an option to increase vertical mixing near river mouths; 888 this gives the effect of having a 3d river. 889 All river runoff and emp fluxes are assumed to be fresh water (zero salinity) and 890 at the same temperature as the sea surface. 891 Our aim was to code the option to specify the temperature and salinity of river runoff, 892 (as well as the amount), along with the depth that the river water will affect. 893 This would make it possible to model low salinity outflow, such as the Baltic, 894 and would allow the ocean temperature to be affected by river runoff. 895 896 The depth option makes it possible to have the river water affecting just the surface layer, 897 throughout depth, or some specified point in between. 898 899 To do this we need to treat evaporation/precipitation fluxes and river runoff differently in 900 the \mdl{tra_sbc} module. 901 We decided to separate them throughout the code, 902 so that the variable emp represented solely evaporation minus precipitation fluxes, 903 and a new 2d variable rnf was added which represents the volume flux of river runoff 904 (in $kg/m^2s$ to remain consistent with $emp$). 905 This meant many uses of emp and emps needed to be changed, 906 a list of all modules which use $emp$ or $emps$ and the changes made are below:} 889 907 890 908 %% ================================================================================================= … … 908 926 Two different bulk formulae are available: 909 927 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 928 \begin{description} 929 \item [{\np[=1]{nn_isfblk}{nn\_isfblk}}]: The melt rate is based on a balance between the upward ocean heat flux and 930 the latent heat flux at the ice shelf base. A complete description is available in \citet{hunter_rpt06}. 931 \item [{\np[=2]{nn_isfblk}{nn\_isfblk}}]: The melt rate and the heat flux are based on a 3 equations formulation 932 (a heat flux budget at the ice base, a salt flux budget at the ice base and a linearised freezing point temperature equation). 933 A complete description is available in \citet{jenkins_JGR91}. 934 \end{description} 935 936 Temperature and salinity used to compute the melt are the average temperature in the top boundary layer \citet{losch_JGR08}. 937 Its thickness is defined by \np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl}. 938 The fluxes and friction velocity are computed using the mean temperature, salinity and velocity in the the first \np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl} m. 939 Then, the fluxes are spread over the same thickness (ie over one or several cells). 940 If \np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl} larger than top $e_{3}t$, there is no more feedback between the freezing point at the interface and the the top cell temperature. 941 This can lead to super-cool temperature in the top cell under melting condition. 942 If \np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl} smaller than top $e_{3}t$, the top boundary layer thickness is set to the top cell thickness.\\ 943 944 Each melt bulk formula depends on a exchange coeficient ($\Gamma^{T,S}$) between the ocean and the ice. 945 There are 3 different ways to compute the exchange coeficient: 946 \begin{description} 947 \item [{\np[=0]{nn_gammablk}{nn\_gammablk}}]: The salt and heat exchange coefficients are constant and defined by \np{rn_gammas0}{rn\_gammas0} and \np{rn_gammat0}{rn\_gammat0}. 948 \begin{gather*} 931 949 % \label{eq:SBC_isf_gamma_iso} 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 \[945 \gamma^{T,S} = \frac{u_{*}}{\Gamma_{Turb} + \Gamma^{T,S}_{Mole}}946 \]947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 As in \np[=1]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}, the fluxes are spread over the top boundary layer thickness (\np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl})\\950 \gamma^{T} = rn\_gammat0 \\ 951 \gamma^{S} = rn\_gammas0 952 \end{gather*} 953 This is the recommended formulation for ISOMIP. 954 \item [{\np[=1]{nn_gammablk}{nn\_gammablk}}]: The salt and heat exchange coefficients are velocity dependent and defined as 955 \begin{gather*} 956 \gamma^{T} = rn\_gammat0 \times u_{*} \\ 957 \gamma^{S} = rn\_gammas0 \times u_{*} 958 \end{gather*} 959 where $u_{*}$ is the friction velocity in the top boundary layer (ie first \np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl} meters). 960 See \citet{jenkins.nicholls.ea_JPO10} for all the details on this formulation. It is the recommended formulation for realistic application. 961 \item [{\np[=2]{nn_gammablk}{nn\_gammablk}}]: The salt and heat exchange coefficients are velocity and stability dependent and defined as: 962 \[ 963 \gamma^{T,S} = \frac{u_{*}}{\Gamma_{Turb} + \Gamma^{T,S}_{Mole}} 964 \] 965 where $u_{*}$ is the friction velocity in the top boundary layer (ie first \np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl} meters), 966 $\Gamma_{Turb}$ the contribution of the ocean stability and 967 $\Gamma^{T,S}_{Mole}$ the contribution of the molecular diffusion. 968 See \citet{holland.jenkins_JPO99} for all the details on this formulation. 969 This formulation has not been extensively tested in \NEMO\ (not recommended). 970 \end{description} 971 \item [{\np[=2]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}}]: The ice shelf cavity is not represented. 972 The fwf and heat flux are computed using the \citet{beckmann.goosse_OM03} parameterisation of isf melting. 973 The fluxes are distributed along the ice shelf edge between the depth of the average grounding line (GL) 974 (\np{sn_depmax_isf}{sn\_depmax\_isf}) and the base of the ice shelf along the calving front 975 (\np{sn_depmin_isf}{sn\_depmin\_isf}) as in (\np[=3]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}). 976 The effective melting length (\np{sn_Leff_isf}{sn\_Leff\_isf}) is read from a file. 977 \item [{\np[=3]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}}]: The ice shelf cavity is not represented. 978 The fwf (\np{sn_rnfisf}{sn\_rnfisf}) is prescribed and distributed along the ice shelf edge between 979 the depth of the average grounding line (GL) (\np{sn_depmax_isf}{sn\_depmax\_isf}) and 980 the base of the ice shelf along the calving front (\np{sn_depmin_isf}{sn\_depmin\_isf}). 981 The heat flux ($Q_h$) is computed as $Q_h = fwf \times L_f$. 982 \item [{\np[=4]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}}]: The ice shelf cavity is opened (\np[=.true.]{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav} needed). 983 However, the fwf is not computed but specified from file \np{sn_fwfisf}{sn\_fwfisf}). 984 The heat flux ($Q_h$) is computed as $Q_h = fwf \times L_f$. 985 As in \np[=1]{nn_isf}{nn\_isf}, the fluxes are spread over the top boundary layer thickness (\np{rn_hisf_tbl}{rn\_hisf\_tbl}) 968 986 \end{description} 969 987 … … 986 1004 \begin{figure}[!t] 987 1005 \centering 988 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_SBC_isf}1006 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{SBC_isf} 989 1007 \caption[Ice shelf location and fresh water flux definition]{ 990 1008 Illustration of the location where the fwf is injected and … … 1307 1325 \begin{figure}[!t] 1308 1326 \centering 1309 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_SBC_diurnal}1327 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{SBC_diurnal} 1310 1328 \caption[Reconstruction of the diurnal cycle variation of short wave flux]{ 1311 1329 Example of reconstruction of the diurnal cycle variation of short wave flux from … … 1341 1359 \begin{figure}[!t] 1342 1360 \centering 1343 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_SBC_dcy}1361 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{SBC_dcy} 1344 1362 \caption[Reconstruction of the diurnal cycle variation of short wave flux on an ORCA2 grid]{ 1345 1363 Example of reconstruction of the diurnal cycle variation of short wave flux from … … 1521 1539 % in ocean-ice models. 1522 1540 1523 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}1541 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 1524 1542 1525 1543 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_STO.tex
r11598 r11954 205 205 The first four parameters define the stochastic part of equation of state. 206 206 207 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}207 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 208 208 209 209 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_TRA.tex
r11599 r11954 14 14 {\footnotesize 15 15 \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{l||X|X} 16 Release & Author(s) & Modifications\\16 Release & Author(s) & Modifications \\ 17 17 \hline 18 {\em 4.0} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 19 {\em 3.6} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 20 {\em 3.4} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 21 {\em <=3.4} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} 18 {\em 4.0} & {\em Christian \'{E}th\'{e} } & {\em Review } \\ 19 {\em 3.6} & {\em Gurvan Madec } & {\em Update } \\ 20 {\em $\leq$ 3.4} & {\em Gurvan Madec and S\'{e}bastien Masson} & {\em First version} \\ 22 21 \end{tabularx} 23 22 } … … 34 33 the tracer equations are available depending on the vertical coordinate used and on the physics used. 35 34 In all the equations presented here, the masking has been omitted for simplicity. 36 One must be aware that all the quantities are masked fields and that each time a mean or37 difference operator is used, the resulting field is multiplied by a mask.35 One must be aware that all the quantities are masked fields and that 36 each time a mean or difference operator is used, the resulting field is multiplied by a mask. 38 37 39 38 The two active tracers are potential temperature and salinity. … … 46 45 NXT stands for next, referring to the time-stepping. 47 46 From left to right, the terms on the rhs of the tracer equations are the advection (ADV), 48 the lateral diffusion (LDF), the vertical diffusion (ZDF), the contributions from the external forcings 49 (SBC: Surface Boundary Condition, QSR: penetrative Solar Radiation, and BBC: Bottom Boundary Condition), 50 the contribution from the bottom boundary Layer (BBL) parametrisation, and an internal damping (DMP) term. 47 the lateral diffusion (LDF), the vertical diffusion (ZDF), 48 the contributions from the external forcings (SBC: Surface Boundary Condition, 49 QSR: penetrative Solar Radiation, and BBC: Bottom Boundary Condition), 50 the contribution from the bottom boundary Layer (BBL) parametrisation, 51 and an internal damping (DMP) term. 51 52 The terms QSR, BBC, BBL and DMP are optional. 52 53 The external forcings and parameterisations require complex inputs and complex calculations … … 54 55 LDF and ZDF modules and described in \autoref{chap:SBC}, \autoref{chap:LDF} and 55 56 \autoref{chap:ZDF}, respectively. 56 Note that \mdl{tranpc}, the non-penetrative convection module, although located in57 the \path{./src/OCE/TRA} directory as it directly modifies the tracer fields,57 Note that \mdl{tranpc}, the non-penetrative convection module, 58 although located in the \path{./src/OCE/TRA} directory as it directly modifies the tracer fields, 58 59 is described with the model vertical physics (ZDF) together with 59 60 other available parameterization of convection. 60 61 61 In the present chapter we also describe the diagnostic equations used to compute the sea-water properties62 (density, Brunt-V\"{a}is\"{a}l\"{a} frequency, specific heat and freezing point with 63 associated modules \mdl{eosbn2} and \mdl{phycst}).62 In the present chapter we also describe the diagnostic equations used to 63 compute the sea-water properties (density, Brunt-V\"{a}is\"{a}l\"{a} frequency, specific heat and 64 freezing point with associated modules \mdl{eosbn2} and \mdl{phycst}). 64 65 65 66 The different options available to the user are managed by namelist logicals. … … 70 71 71 72 The user has the option of extracting each tendency term on the RHS of the tracer equation for output 72 (\np{ln_tra_trd}{ln\_tra\_trd} or \np[=.true.]{ln_tra_mxl}{ln\_tra\_mxl}), as described in \autoref{chap:DIA}. 73 (\np{ln_tra_trd}{ln\_tra\_trd} or \np[=.true.]{ln_tra_mxl}{ln\_tra\_mxl}), 74 as described in \autoref{chap:DIA}. 73 75 74 76 %% ================================================================================================= … … 85 87 the advection tendency of a tracer is expressed in flux form, 86 88 \ie\ as the divergence of the advective fluxes. 87 Its discrete expression is given by 89 Its discrete expression is given by: 88 90 \begin{equation} 89 91 \label{eq:TRA_adv} … … 94 96 where $\tau$ is either T or S, and $b_t = e_{1t} \, e_{2t} \, e_{3t}$ is the volume of $T$-cells. 95 97 The flux form in \autoref{eq:TRA_adv} implicitly requires the use of the continuity equation. 96 Indeed, it is obtained by using the following equality: $\nabla \cdot (\vect U \, T) = \vect U \cdot \nabla T$ which 97 results from the use of the continuity equation, $\partial_t e_3 + e_3 \; \nabla \cdot \vect U = 0$ 98 (which reduces to $\nabla \cdot \vect U = 0$ in linear free surface, \ie\ \np[=.true.]{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh}). 99 Therefore it is of paramount importance to design the discrete analogue of the advection tendency so that 100 it is consistent with the continuity equation in order to enforce the conservation properties of 101 the continuous equations. 102 In other words, by setting $\tau = 1$ in (\autoref{eq:TRA_adv}) we recover the discrete form of 103 the continuity equation which is used to calculate the vertical velocity. 104 \begin{figure}[!t] 98 Indeed, it is obtained by using the following equality: 99 $\nabla \cdot (\vect U \, T) = \vect U \cdot \nabla T$ which 100 results from the use of the continuity equation, 101 $\partial_t e_3 + e_3 \; \nabla \cdot \vect U = 0$ 102 (which reduces to $\nabla \cdot \vect U = 0$ in linear free surface, 103 \ie\ \np[=.true.]{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh}). 104 Therefore it is of paramount importance to 105 design the discrete analogue of the advection tendency so that 106 it is consistent with the continuity equation in order to 107 enforce the conservation properties of the continuous equations. 108 In other words, by setting $\tau = 1$ in (\autoref{eq:TRA_adv}) we recover 109 the discrete form of the continuity equation which is used to calculate the vertical velocity. 110 \begin{figure} 105 111 \centering 106 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_adv_scheme}112 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{TRA_adv_scheme} 107 113 \caption[Ways to evaluate the tracer value and the amount of tracer exchanged]{ 108 114 Schematic representation of some ways used to evaluate the tracer value at $u$-point and … … 120 126 \end{figure} 121 127 122 The key difference between the advection schemes available in \NEMO\ is the choice made in space and123 time interpolation to define the value of the tracer at the velocity points128 The key difference between the advection schemes available in \NEMO\ is the choice made in 129 space and time interpolation to define the value of the tracer at the velocity points 124 130 (\autoref{fig:TRA_adv_scheme}). 125 131 … … 129 135 130 136 \begin{description} 131 \item [linear free surface :] (\np[=.true.]{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh})137 \item [linear free surface] (\np[=.true.]{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh}) 132 138 the first level thickness is constant in time: 133 the vertical boundary condition is applied at the fixed surface $z = 0$ rather than on134 the moving surface $z = \eta$.135 There is a non-zero advective flux which is set for all advection schemes as136 $\tau_w|_{k = 1/2} = T_{k = 1}$, \ie\ the product of surface velocity (at $z = 0$) by137 the first level tracer value.138 \item [non-linear free surface :] (\np[=.false.]{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh})139 the vertical boundary condition is applied at the fixed surface $z = 0$ rather than 140 on the moving surface $z = \eta$. 141 There is a non-zero advective flux which is set for 142 all advection schemes as $\tau_w|_{k = 1/2} = T_{k = 1}$, 143 \ie\ the product of surface velocity (at $z = 0$) by the first level tracer value. 144 \item [non-linear free surface] (\np[=.false.]{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh}) 139 145 convergence/divergence in the first ocean level moves the free surface up/down. 140 There is no tracer advection through it so that the advective fluxes through the surface are also zero. 146 There is no tracer advection through it so that 147 the advective fluxes through the surface are also zero. 141 148 \end{description} 142 149 143 150 In all cases, this boundary condition retains local conservation of tracer. 144 Global conservation is obtained in non-linear free surface case, but \textit{not} in the linear free surface case. 145 Nevertheless, in the latter case, it is achieved to a good approximation since 146 the non-conservative term is the product of the time derivative of the tracer and the free surface height, 147 two quantities that are not correlated \citep{roullet.madec_JGR00, griffies.pacanowski.ea_MWR01, campin.adcroft.ea_OM04}. 151 Global conservation is obtained in non-linear free surface case, 152 but \textit{not} in the linear free surface case. 153 Nevertheless, in the latter case, 154 it is achieved to a good approximation since the non-conservative term is 155 the product of the time derivative of the tracer and the free surface height, 156 two quantities that are not correlated 157 \citep{roullet.madec_JGR00, griffies.pacanowski.ea_MWR01, campin.adcroft.ea_OM04}. 148 158 149 159 The velocity field that appears in (\autoref{eq:TRA_adv} is … … 153 163 (see \autoref{chap:LDF}). 154 164 155 Several tracer advection scheme are proposed, namely a $2^{nd}$ or $4^{th}$ order centred schemes (CEN), 156 a $2^{nd}$ or $4^{th}$ order Flux Corrected Transport scheme (FCT), a Monotone Upstream Scheme for 157 Conservative Laws scheme (MUSCL), a $3^{rd}$ Upstream Biased Scheme (UBS, also often called UP3), 158 and a Quadratic Upstream Interpolation for Convective Kinematics with Estimated Streaming Terms scheme (QUICKEST). 159 The choice is made in the \nam{tra_adv}{tra\_adv} namelist, by setting to \forcode{.true.} one of 160 the logicals \textit{ln\_traadv\_xxx}. 161 The corresponding code can be found in the \textit{traadv\_xxx.F90} module, where 162 \textit{xxx} is a 3 or 4 letter acronym corresponding to each scheme. 163 By default (\ie\ in the reference namelist, \textit{namelist\_ref}), all the logicals are set to \forcode{.false.}. 164 If the user does not select an advection scheme in the configuration namelist (\textit{namelist\_cfg}), 165 the tracers will \textit{not} be advected! 165 Several tracer advection scheme are proposed, 166 namely a $2^{nd}$ or $4^{th}$ order \textbf{CEN}tred schemes (CEN), 167 a $2^{nd}$ or $4^{th}$ order \textbf{F}lux \textbf{C}orrected \textbf{T}ransport scheme (FCT), 168 a \textbf{M}onotone \textbf{U}pstream \textbf{S}cheme for 169 \textbf{C}onservative \textbf{L}aws scheme (MUSCL), 170 a $3^{rd}$ \textbf{U}pstream \textbf{B}iased \textbf{S}cheme (UBS, also often called UP3), 171 and a \textbf{Q}uadratic \textbf{U}pstream \textbf{I}nterpolation for 172 \textbf{C}onvective \textbf{K}inematics with 173 \textbf{E}stimated \textbf{S}treaming \textbf{T}erms scheme (QUICKEST). 174 The choice is made in the \nam{tra_adv}{tra\_adv} namelist, 175 by setting to \forcode{.true.} one of the logicals \textit{ln\_traadv\_xxx}. 176 The corresponding code can be found in the \textit{traadv\_xxx.F90} module, 177 where \textit{xxx} is a 3 or 4 letter acronym corresponding to each scheme. 178 By default (\ie\ in the reference namelist, \textit{namelist\_ref}), 179 all the logicals are set to \forcode{.false.}. 180 If the user does not select an advection scheme in the configuration namelist 181 (\textit{namelist\_cfg}), the tracers will \textit{not} be advected! 166 182 167 183 Details of the advection schemes are given below. 168 The choosing an advection scheme is a complex matter which depends on the model physics, model resolution, 169 type of tracer, as well as the issue of numerical cost. In particular, we note that 184 The choosing an advection scheme is a complex matter which depends on the 185 model physics, model resolution, type of tracer, as well as the issue of numerical cost. 186 In particular, we note that 170 187 171 188 \begin{enumerate} 172 \item CEN and FCT schemes require an explicit diffusion operator while the other schemes are diffusive enough so that173 the y do not necessarily need additional diffusion;174 \item CEN and UBS are not \textit{positive} schemes 175 \footnote{negative values can appear inan initially strictly positive tracer field which is advected},189 \item CEN and FCT schemes require an explicit diffusion operator while 190 the other schemes are diffusive enough so that they do not necessarily need additional diffusion; 191 \item CEN and UBS are not \textit{positive} schemes \footnote{negative values can appear in 192 an initially strictly positive tracer field which is advected}, 176 193 implying that false extrema are permitted. 177 194 Their use is not recommended on passive tracers; 178 \item It is recommended that the same advection-diffusion scheme is used on both active and passive tracers. 195 \item It is recommended that the same advection-diffusion scheme is used on 196 both active and passive tracers. 179 197 \end{enumerate} 180 198 181 Indeed, if a source or sink of a passive tracer depends on an active one, the difference of treatment of active and 182 passive tracers can create very nice-looking frontal structures that are pure numerical artefacts. 199 Indeed, if a source or sink of a passive tracer depends on an active one, 200 the difference of treatment of active and passive tracers can create 201 very nice-looking frontal structures that are pure numerical artefacts. 183 202 Nevertheless, most of our users set a different treatment on passive and active tracers, 184 203 that's the reason why this possibility is offered. 185 We strongly suggest them to perform a sensitivity experiment using a same treatment to assess the robustness of186 their results.204 We strongly suggest them to perform a sensitivity experiment using a same treatment to 205 assess the robustness of their results. 187 206 188 207 %% ================================================================================================= … … 192 211 % 2nd order centred scheme 193 212 194 The centred advection scheme (CEN) is used when \np[=.true.]{ln_traadv_cen}{ln\_traadv\_cen}. 195 Its order ($2^{nd}$ or $4^{th}$) can be chosen independently on horizontal (iso-level) and vertical direction by 213 The \textbf{CEN}tred advection scheme (CEN) is used when \np[=.true.]{ln_traadv_cen}{ln\_traadv\_cen}. 214 Its order ($2^{nd}$ or $4^{th}$) can be chosen independently on 215 horizontal (iso-level) and vertical direction by 196 216 setting \np{nn_cen_h}{nn\_cen\_h} and \np{nn_cen_v}{nn\_cen\_v} to $2$ or $4$. 197 217 CEN implementation can be found in the \mdl{traadv\_cen} module. 198 218 199 In the $2^{nd}$ order centred formulation (CEN2), the tracer at velocity points is evaluated as the mean of200 the two neighbouring $T$-point values.219 In the $2^{nd}$ order centred formulation (CEN2), the tracer at velocity points is evaluated as 220 the mean of the two neighbouring $T$-point values. 201 221 For example, in the $i$-direction : 202 222 \begin{equation} … … 205 225 \end{equation} 206 226 207 CEN2 is non diffusive (\ie\ it conserves the tracer variance, $\tau^2$) but dispersive 208 (\ie\ it may create false extrema). 209 It is therefore notoriously noisy and must be used in conjunction with an explicit diffusion operator to 210 produce a sensible solution. 211 The associated time-stepping is performed using a leapfrog scheme in conjunction with an Asselin time-filter, 227 CEN2 is non diffusive (\ie\ it conserves the tracer variance, $\tau^2$) but 228 dispersive (\ie\ it may create false extrema). 229 It is therefore notoriously noisy and must be used in conjunction with 230 an explicit diffusion operator to produce a sensible solution. 231 The associated time-stepping is performed using 232 a leapfrog scheme in conjunction with an Asselin time-filter, 212 233 so $T$ in (\autoref{eq:TRA_adv_cen2}) is the \textit{now} tracer value. 213 234 … … 217 238 % 4nd order centred scheme 218 239 219 In the $4^{th}$ order formulation (CEN4), tracer values are evaluated at u- and v-points as 220 a $4^{th}$ order interpolation, and thus depend on the four neighbouring $T$-points. 240 In the $4^{th}$ order formulation (CEN4), 241 tracer values are evaluated at u- and v-points as a $4^{th}$ order interpolation, 242 and thus depend on the four neighbouring $T$-points. 221 243 For example, in the $i$-direction: 222 244 \begin{equation} … … 226 248 In the vertical direction (\np[=4]{nn_cen_v}{nn\_cen\_v}), 227 249 a $4^{th}$ COMPACT interpolation has been prefered \citep{demange_phd14}. 228 In the COMPACT scheme, both the field and its derivative are interpolated, which leads, after a matrix inversion, 229 spectral characteristics similar to schemes of higher order \citep{lele_JCP92}. 250 In the COMPACT scheme, both the field and its derivative are interpolated, 251 which leads, after a matrix inversion, spectral characteristics similar to schemes of higher order 252 \citep{lele_JCP92}. 230 253 231 254 Strictly speaking, the CEN4 scheme is not a $4^{th}$ order advection scheme but 232 255 a $4^{th}$ order evaluation of advective fluxes, 233 256 since the divergence of advective fluxes \autoref{eq:TRA_adv} is kept at $2^{nd}$ order. 234 The expression \textit{$4^{th}$ order scheme} used in oceanographic literature is usually associated with235 the scheme presented here.236 Introducing a \forcode{.true.}$4^{th}$ order advection scheme is feasible but, for consistency reasons,237 it requires changes in the discretisation of the tracer advection together with changes in the continuity equation,238 and the momentum advection and pressure terms.257 The expression \textit{$4^{th}$ order scheme} used in oceanographic literature is 258 usually associated with the scheme presented here. 259 Introducing a ``true'' $4^{th}$ order advection scheme is feasible but, for consistency reasons, 260 it requires changes in the discretisation of the tracer advection together with 261 changes in the continuity equation, and the momentum advection and pressure terms. 239 262 240 263 A direct consequence of the pseudo-fourth order nature of the scheme is that it is not non-diffusive, 241 264 \ie\ the global variance of a tracer is not preserved using CEN4. 242 Furthermore, it must be used in conjunction with an explicit diffusion operator to produce a sensible solution. 243 As in CEN2 case, the time-stepping is performed using a leapfrog scheme in conjunction with an Asselin time-filter, 244 so $T$ in (\autoref{eq:TRA_adv_cen4}) is the \textit{now} tracer. 265 Furthermore, it must be used in conjunction with an explicit diffusion operator to 266 produce a sensible solution. 267 As in CEN2 case, the time-stepping is performed using a leapfrog scheme in conjunction with 268 an Asselin time-filter, so $T$ in (\autoref{eq:TRA_adv_cen4}) is the \textit{now} tracer. 245 269 246 270 At a $T$-grid cell adjacent to a boundary (coastline, bottom and surface), … … 248 272 This hypothesis usually reduces the order of the scheme. 249 273 Here we choose to set the gradient of $T$ across the boundary to zero. 250 Alternative conditions can be specified, such as a reduction to a second order scheme for251 these near boundary grid points.274 Alternative conditions can be specified, 275 such as a reduction to a second order scheme for these near boundary grid points. 252 276 253 277 %% ================================================================================================= … … 255 279 \label{subsec:TRA_adv_tvd} 256 280 257 The Flux Corrected Transport schemes (FCT) is used when \np[=.true.]{ln_traadv_fct}{ln\_traadv\_fct}. 258 Its order ($2^{nd}$ or $4^{th}$) can be chosen independently on horizontal (iso-level) and vertical direction by 281 The \textbf{F}lux \textbf{C}orrected \textbf{T}ransport schemes (FCT) is used when 282 \np[=.true.]{ln_traadv_fct}{ln\_traadv\_fct}. 283 Its order ($2^{nd}$ or $4^{th}$) can be chosen independently on 284 horizontal (iso-level) and vertical direction by 259 285 setting \np{nn_fct_h}{nn\_fct\_h} and \np{nn_fct_v}{nn\_fct\_v} to $2$ or $4$. 260 286 FCT implementation can be found in the \mdl{traadv\_fct} module. 261 287 262 In FCT formulation, the tracer at velocity points is evaluated using a combination of an upstream and263 a c entred scheme.288 In FCT formulation, the tracer at velocity points is evaluated using 289 a combination of an upstream and a centred scheme. 264 290 For example, in the $i$-direction : 265 291 \begin{equation} … … 270 296 T_{i + 1} & \text{if~} u_{i + 1/2} < 0 \\ 271 297 T_i & \text{if~} u_{i + 1/2} \geq 0 \\ 272 \end{cases} 273 \\ 298 \end{cases} \\ 274 299 \tau_u^{fct} &= \tau_u^{ups} + c_u \, \big( \tau_u^{cen} - \tau_u^{ups} \big) 275 300 \end{split} … … 288 313 $\tau_u^{cen}$ is evaluated in (\autoref{eq:TRA_adv_fct}) using the \textit{now} tracer while 289 314 $\tau_u^{ups}$ is evaluated using the \textit{before} tracer. 290 In other words, the advective part of the scheme is time stepped with a leap-frog scheme 291 whilea forward scheme is used for the diffusive part.315 In other words, the advective part of the scheme is time stepped with a leap-frog scheme while 316 a forward scheme is used for the diffusive part. 292 317 293 318 %% ================================================================================================= … … 295 320 \label{subsec:TRA_adv_mus} 296 321 297 The Monotone Upstream Scheme for Conservative Laws (MUSCL) is used when \np[=.true.]{ln_traadv_mus}{ln\_traadv\_mus}. 322 The \textbf{M}onotone \textbf{U}pstream \textbf{S}cheme for \textbf{C}onservative \textbf{L}aws 323 (MUSCL) is used when \np[=.true.]{ln_traadv_mus}{ln\_traadv\_mus}. 298 324 MUSCL implementation can be found in the \mdl{traadv\_mus} module. 299 325 300 326 MUSCL has been first implemented in \NEMO\ by \citet{levy.estublier.ea_GRL01}. 301 In its formulation, the tracer at velocity points is evaluated assuming a linear tracer variation between302 two $T$-points (\autoref{fig:TRA_adv_scheme}).327 In its formulation, the tracer at velocity points is evaluated assuming 328 a linear tracer variation between two $T$-points (\autoref{fig:TRA_adv_scheme}). 303 329 For example, in the $i$-direction : 304 \ begin{equation}330 \[ 305 331 % \label{eq:TRA_adv_mus} 306 332 \tau_u^{mus} = \lt\{ 307 333 \begin{split} 308 \tau_i&+ \frac{1}{2} \lt( 1 - \frac{u_{i + 1/2} \, \rdt}{e_{1u}} \rt)309 \widetilde{\partial_i\tau} & \text{if~} u_{i + 1/2} \geqslant 0 \\310 311 334 \tau_i &+ \frac{1}{2} \lt( 1 - \frac{u_{i + 1/2} \, \rdt}{e_{1u}} \rt) 335 \widetilde{\partial_i \tau} & \text{if~} u_{i + 1/2} \geqslant 0 \\ 336 \tau_{i + 1/2} &+ \frac{1}{2} \lt( 1 + \frac{u_{i + 1/2} \, \rdt}{e_{1u}} \rt) 337 \widetilde{\partial_{i + 1/2} \tau} & \text{if~} u_{i + 1/2} < 0 312 338 \end{split} 313 339 \rt. 314 \ end{equation}315 where $\widetilde{\partial_i \tau}$ is the slope of the tracer on which a limitation is imposed to316 ensure the \textit{positive} character of the scheme.317 318 The time stepping is performed using a forward scheme, that is the \textit{before} tracer field is used to319 evaluate $\tau_u^{mus}$.340 \] 341 where $\widetilde{\partial_i \tau}$ is the slope of the tracer on which 342 a limitation is imposed to ensure the \textit{positive} character of the scheme. 343 344 The time stepping is performed using a forward scheme, 345 that is the \textit{before} tracer field is used to evaluate $\tau_u^{mus}$. 320 346 321 347 For an ocean grid point adjacent to land and where the ocean velocity is directed toward land, 322 348 an upstream flux is used. 323 349 This choice ensure the \textit{positive} character of the scheme. 324 In addition, fluxes round a grid-point where a runoff is applied can optionally be computed using upstream fluxes325 (\np[=.true.]{ln_mus_ups}{ln\_mus\_ups}).350 In addition, fluxes round a grid-point where a runoff is applied can optionally be computed using 351 upstream fluxes (\np[=.true.]{ln_mus_ups}{ln\_mus\_ups}). 326 352 327 353 %% ================================================================================================= … … 329 355 \label{subsec:TRA_adv_ubs} 330 356 331 The Upstream-Biased Scheme (UBS) is used when \np[=.true.]{ln_traadv_ubs}{ln\_traadv\_ubs}. 357 The \textbf{U}pstream-\textbf{B}iased \textbf{S}cheme (UBS) is used when 358 \np[=.true.]{ln_traadv_ubs}{ln\_traadv\_ubs}. 332 359 UBS implementation can be found in the \mdl{traadv\_mus} module. 333 360 334 361 The UBS scheme, often called UP3, is also known as the Cell Averaged QUICK scheme 335 (Quadratic Upstream Interpolation for Convective Kinematics). 362 (\textbf{Q}uadratic \textbf{U}pstream \textbf{I}nterpolation for 363 \textbf{C}onvective \textbf{K}inematics). 336 364 It is an upstream-biased third order scheme based on an upstream-biased parabolic interpolation. 337 365 For example, in the $i$-direction: … … 340 368 \tau_u^{ubs} = \overline T ^{i + 1/2} - \frac{1}{6} 341 369 \begin{cases} 342 343 370 \tau"_i & \text{if~} u_{i + 1/2} \geqslant 0 \\ 371 \tau"_{i + 1} & \text{if~} u_{i + 1/2} < 0 344 372 \end{cases} 345 \quad 346 \text{where~} \tau"_i = \delta_i \lt[ \delta_{i + 1/2} [\tau] \rt] 373 \quad \text{where~} \tau"_i = \delta_i \lt[ \delta_{i + 1/2} [\tau] \rt] 347 374 \end{equation} 348 375 349 376 This results in a dissipatively dominant (i.e. hyper-diffusive) truncation error 350 377 \citep{shchepetkin.mcwilliams_OM05}. 351 The overall performance of the advection scheme is similar to that reported in \cite{farrow.stevens_JPO95}. 378 The overall performance of the advection scheme is similar to that reported in 379 \cite{farrow.stevens_JPO95}. 352 380 It is a relatively good compromise between accuracy and smoothness. 353 381 Nevertheless the scheme is not \textit{positive}, meaning that false extrema are permitted, 354 382 but the amplitude of such are significantly reduced over the centred second or fourth order method. 355 Therefore it is not recommended that it should be applied to a passive tracer that requires positivity. 383 Therefore it is not recommended that it should be applied to 384 a passive tracer that requires positivity. 356 385 357 386 The intrinsic diffusion of UBS makes its use risky in the vertical direction where 358 387 the control of artificial diapycnal fluxes is of paramount importance 359 388 \citep{shchepetkin.mcwilliams_OM05, demange_phd14}. 360 Therefore the vertical flux is evaluated using either a $2^nd$ order FCT scheme or a $4^th$ order COMPACT scheme361 (\np[=2 or 4]{nn_ubs_v}{nn\_ubs\_v}).362 363 For stability reasons (see \autoref{chap:TD}), the first term in \autoref{eq:TRA_adv_ubs}364 (which corresponds to a second order centred scheme)365 is evaluated using the \textit{now} tracer (centred in time) while the second term366 (which is the diffusive part of the scheme),389 Therefore the vertical flux is evaluated using either a $2^nd$ order FCT scheme or 390 a $4^th$ order COMPACT scheme (\np[=2 or 4]{nn_ubs_v}{nn\_ubs\_v}). 391 392 For stability reasons (see \autoref{chap:TD}), 393 the first term in \autoref{eq:TRA_adv_ubs} (which corresponds to a second order centred scheme) 394 is evaluated using the \textit{now} tracer (centred in time) while 395 the second term (which is the diffusive part of the scheme), 367 396 is evaluated using the \textit{before} tracer (forward in time). 368 This choice is discussed by \citet{webb.de-cuevas.ea_JAOT98} in the context of the QUICK advection scheme. 397 This choice is discussed by \citet{webb.de-cuevas.ea_JAOT98} in 398 the context of the QUICK advection scheme. 369 399 UBS and QUICK schemes only differ by one coefficient. 370 Replacing 1/6 with 1/8 in \autoref{eq:TRA_adv_ubs} leads to the QUICK advection scheme \citep{webb.de-cuevas.ea_JAOT98}. 400 Replacing 1/6 with 1/8 in \autoref{eq:TRA_adv_ubs} leads to the QUICK advection scheme 401 \citep{webb.de-cuevas.ea_JAOT98}. 371 402 This option is not available through a namelist parameter, since the 1/6 coefficient is hard coded. 372 Nevertheless it is quite easy to make the substitution in the \mdl{traadv\_ubs} module and obtain a QUICK scheme. 403 Nevertheless it is quite easy to make the substitution in the \mdl{traadv\_ubs} module and 404 obtain a QUICK scheme. 373 405 374 406 Note that it is straightforward to rewrite \autoref{eq:TRA_adv_ubs} as follows: … … 389 421 Firstly, it clearly reveals that the UBS scheme is based on the fourth order scheme to which 390 422 an upstream-biased diffusion term is added. 391 Secondly, this emphasises that the $4^{th}$ order part (as well as the $2^{nd}$ order part as stated above) has to 392 be evaluated at the \textit{now} time step using \autoref{eq:TRA_adv_ubs}. 393 Thirdly, the diffusion term is in fact a biharmonic operator with an eddy coefficient which 394 is simply proportional to the velocity: $A_u^{lm} = \frac{1}{12} \, {e_{1u}}^3 \, |u|$. 395 Note the current version of \NEMO\ uses the computationally more efficient formulation \autoref{eq:TRA_adv_ubs}. 423 Secondly, 424 this emphasises that the $4^{th}$ order part (as well as the $2^{nd}$ order part as stated above) has to be evaluated at the \textit{now} time step using \autoref{eq:TRA_adv_ubs}. 425 Thirdly, the diffusion term is in fact a biharmonic operator with 426 an eddy coefficient which is simply proportional to the velocity: 427 $A_u^{lm} = \frac{1}{12} \, {e_{1u}}^3 \, |u|$. 428 Note the current version of \NEMO\ uses the computationally more efficient formulation 429 \autoref{eq:TRA_adv_ubs}. 396 430 397 431 %% ================================================================================================= … … 399 433 \label{subsec:TRA_adv_qck} 400 434 401 The Quadratic Upstream Interpolation for Convective Kinematics with Estimated Streaming Terms (QUICKEST) scheme 402 proposed by \citet{leonard_CMAME79} is used when \np[=.true.]{ln_traadv_qck}{ln\_traadv\_qck}. 435 The \textbf{Q}uadratic \textbf{U}pstream \textbf{I}nterpolation for 436 \textbf{C}onvective \textbf{K}inematics with \textbf{E}stimated \textbf{S}treaming \textbf{T}erms 437 (QUICKEST) scheme proposed by \citet{leonard_CMAME79} is used when 438 \np[=.true.]{ln_traadv_qck}{ln\_traadv\_qck}. 403 439 QUICKEST implementation can be found in the \mdl{traadv\_qck} module. 404 440 405 441 QUICKEST is the third order Godunov scheme which is associated with the ULTIMATE QUICKEST limiter 406 442 \citep{leonard_CMAME91}. 407 It has been implemented in \NEMO\ by G. Reffray (MERCATOR-ocean) and can be found in the \mdl{traadv\_qck} module. 443 It has been implemented in \NEMO\ by G. Reffray (Mercator Ocean) and 444 can be found in the \mdl{traadv\_qck} module. 408 445 The resulting scheme is quite expensive but \textit{positive}. 409 446 It can be used on both active and passive tracers. … … 412 449 Therefore the vertical flux is evaluated using the CEN2 scheme. 413 450 This no longer guarantees the positivity of the scheme. 414 The use of FCT in the vertical direction (as for the UBS case) should be implemented to restore this property. 415 416 %%%gmcomment : Cross term are missing in the current implementation.... 451 The use of FCT in the vertical direction (as for the UBS case) should be implemented to 452 restore this property. 453 454 \cmtgm{Cross term are missing in the current implementation....} 417 455 418 456 %% ================================================================================================= … … 428 466 Options are defined through the \nam{tra_ldf}{tra\_ldf} namelist variables. 429 467 They are regrouped in four items, allowing to specify 430 $(i)$ the type of operator used (none, laplacian, bilaplacian), 431 $(ii)$ the direction along which the operator acts (iso-level, horizontal, iso-neutral), 432 $(iii)$ some specific options related to the rotated operators (\ie\ non-iso-level operator), and 433 $(iv)$ the specification of eddy diffusivity coefficient (either constant or variable in space and time). 434 Item $(iv)$ will be described in \autoref{chap:LDF}. 468 \begin{enumerate*}[label=(\textit{\roman*})] 469 \item the type of operator used (none, laplacian, bilaplacian), 470 \item the direction along which the operator acts (iso-level, horizontal, iso-neutral), 471 \item some specific options related to the rotated operators (\ie\ non-iso-level operator), and 472 \item the specification of eddy diffusivity coefficient 473 (either constant or variable in space and time). 474 \end{enumerate*} 475 Item (iv) will be described in \autoref{chap:LDF}. 435 476 The direction along which the operators act is defined through the slope between 436 477 this direction and the iso-level surfaces. … … 440 481 \ie\ the tracers appearing in its expression are the \textit{before} tracers in time, 441 482 except for the pure vertical component that appears when a rotation tensor is used. 442 This latter component is solved implicitly together with the vertical diffusion term (see \autoref{chap:TD}). 443 When \np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_msc}{ln\_traldf\_msc}, a Method of Stabilizing Correction is used in which 444 the pure vertical component is split into an explicit and an implicit part \citep{lemarie.debreu.ea_OM12}. 483 This latter component is solved implicitly together with the vertical diffusion term 484 (see \autoref{chap:TD}). 485 When \np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_msc}{ln\_traldf\_msc}, 486 a Method of Stabilizing Correction is used in which the pure vertical component is split into 487 an explicit and an implicit part \citep{lemarie.debreu.ea_OM12}. 445 488 446 489 %% ================================================================================================= … … 451 494 452 495 \begin{description} 453 \item [{\np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_OFF}{ln\_traldf\_OFF}}] no operator selected, the lateral diffusive tendency will not be applied to the tracer equation. 454 This option can be used when the selected advection scheme is diffusive enough (MUSCL scheme for example). 496 \item [{\np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_OFF}{ln\_traldf\_OFF}}] no operator selected, 497 the lateral diffusive tendency will not be applied to the tracer equation. 498 This option can be used when the selected advection scheme is diffusive enough 499 (MUSCL scheme for example). 455 500 \item [{\np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_lap}{ln\_traldf\_lap}}] a laplacian operator is selected. 456 This harmonic operator takes the following expression: $\mathcal{L}(T) = \nabla \cdot A_{ht} \; \nabla T $, 501 This harmonic operator takes the following expression: 502 $\mathcal{L}(T) = \nabla \cdot A_{ht} \; \nabla T $, 457 503 where the gradient operates along the selected direction (see \autoref{subsec:TRA_ldf_dir}), 458 504 and $A_{ht}$ is the eddy diffusivity coefficient expressed in $m^2/s$ (see \autoref{chap:LDF}). … … 461 507 $\mathcal{B} = - \mathcal{L}(\mathcal{L}(T)) = - \nabla \cdot b \nabla (\nabla \cdot b \nabla T)$ 462 508 where the gradient operats along the selected direction, 463 and $b^2 = B_{ht}$ is the eddy diffusivity coefficient expressed in $m^4/s$ (see \autoref{chap:LDF}). 509 and $b^2 = B_{ht}$ is the eddy diffusivity coefficient expressed in $m^4/s$ 510 (see \autoref{chap:LDF}). 464 511 In the code, the bilaplacian operator is obtained by calling the laplacian twice. 465 512 \end{description} … … 469 516 minimizing the impact on the larger scale features. 470 517 The main difference between the two operators is the scale selectiveness. 471 The bilaplacian damping time (\ie\ its spin down time) scales like $\lambda^{-4}$ for 472 disturbances of wavelength $\lambda$ (so that short waves damped more rapidelly than long ones), 518 The bilaplacian damping time (\ie\ its spin down time) scales like 519 $\lambda^{-4}$ for disturbances of wavelength $\lambda$ 520 (so that short waves damped more rapidelly than long ones), 473 521 whereas the laplacian damping time scales only like $\lambda^{-2}$. 474 522 … … 479 527 The choice of a direction of action determines the form of operator used. 480 528 The operator is a simple (re-entrant) laplacian acting in the (\textbf{i},\textbf{j}) plane when 481 iso-level option is used (\np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_lev}{ln\_traldf\_lev}) or 482 whena horizontal (\ie\ geopotential) operator is demanded in \textit{z}-coordinate529 iso-level option is used (\np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_lev}{ln\_traldf\_lev}) or when 530 a horizontal (\ie\ geopotential) operator is demanded in \textit{z}-coordinate 483 531 (\np{ln_traldf_hor}{ln\_traldf\_hor} and \np[=.true.]{ln_zco}{ln\_zco}). 484 532 The associated code can be found in the \mdl{traldf\_lap\_blp} module. … … 489 537 see \mdl{traldf\_iso} or \mdl{traldf\_triad} module, resp.), or 490 538 when a horizontal (\ie\ geopotential) operator is demanded in \textit{s}-coordinate 491 (\np{ln_traldf_hor}{ln\_traldf\_hor} and \np{ln_sco}{ln\_sco} = \forcode{.true.}) 492 \footnote{In this case, the standard iso-neutral operator will be automatically selected}.539 (\np{ln_traldf_hor}{ln\_traldf\_hor} and \np{ln_sco}{ln\_sco} = \forcode{.true.}) \footnote{ 540 In this case, the standard iso-neutral operator will be automatically selected}. 493 541 In that case, a rotation is applied to the gradient(s) that appears in the operator so that 494 542 diffusive fluxes acts on the three spatial direction. … … 511 559 first (and third in bilaplacian case) horizontal tracer derivative are masked. 512 560 It is implemented in the \rou{tra\_ldf\_lap} subroutine found in the \mdl{traldf\_lap\_blp} module. 513 The module also contains \rou{tra\_ldf\_blp}, the subroutine calling twice \rou{tra\_ldf\_lap} in order to 561 The module also contains \rou{tra\_ldf\_blp}, 562 the subroutine calling twice \rou{tra\_ldf\_lap} in order to 514 563 compute the iso-level bilaplacian operator. 515 564 516 565 It is a \textit{horizontal} operator (\ie acting along geopotential surfaces) in 517 the $z$-coordinate with or without partial steps, but is simply an iso-level operator in the $s$-coordinate. 518 It is thus used when, in addition to \np{ln_traldf_lap}{ln\_traldf\_lap} or \np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_blp}{ln\_traldf\_blp}, 519 we have \np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_lev}{ln\_traldf\_lev} or \np{ln_traldf_hor}{ln\_traldf\_hor}~=~\np[=.true.]{ln_zco}{ln\_zco}. 566 the $z$-coordinate with or without partial steps, 567 but is simply an iso-level operator in the $s$-coordinate. 568 It is thus used when, 569 in addition to \np{ln_traldf_lap}{ln\_traldf\_lap} or \np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_blp}{ln\_traldf\_blp}, 570 we have \np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_lev}{ln\_traldf\_lev} or 571 \np[=]{ln_traldf_hor}{ln\_traldf\_hor}\np[=.true.]{ln_zco}{ln\_zco}. 520 572 In both cases, it significantly contributes to diapycnal mixing. 521 573 It is therefore never recommended, even when using it in the bilaplacian case. … … 523 575 Note that in the partial step $z$-coordinate (\np[=.true.]{ln_zps}{ln\_zps}), 524 576 tracers in horizontally adjacent cells are located at different depths in the vicinity of the bottom. 525 In this case, horizontal derivatives in (\autoref{eq:TRA_ldf_lap}) at the bottom level require a specific treatment. 577 In this case, 578 horizontal derivatives in (\autoref{eq:TRA_ldf_lap}) at the bottom level require a specific treatment. 526 579 They are calculated in the \mdl{zpshde} module, described in \autoref{sec:TRA_zpshde}. 527 580 … … 533 586 \subsubsection[Standard rotated (bi-)laplacian operator (\textit{traldf\_iso.F90})]{Standard rotated (bi-)laplacian operator (\protect\mdl{traldf\_iso})} 534 587 \label{subsec:TRA_ldf_iso} 588 535 589 The general form of the second order lateral tracer subgrid scale physics (\autoref{eq:MB_zdf}) 536 takes the following semi 590 takes the following semi-discrete space form in $z$- and $s$-coordinates: 537 591 \begin{equation} 538 592 \label{eq:TRA_ldf_iso} … … 554 608 or both \np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_hor}{ln\_traldf\_hor} and \np[=.true.]{ln_zco}{ln\_zco}. 555 609 The way these slopes are evaluated is given in \autoref{sec:LDF_slp}. 556 At the surface, bottom and lateral boundaries, the turbulent fluxes of heat and salt are set to zero using 557 the mask technique (see \autoref{sec:LBC_coast}). 610 At the surface, bottom and lateral boundaries, 611 the turbulent fluxes of heat and salt are set to zero using the mask technique 612 (see \autoref{sec:LBC_coast}). 558 613 559 614 The operator in \autoref{eq:TRA_ldf_iso} involves both lateral and vertical derivatives. 560 For numerical stability, the vertical second derivative must be solved using the same implicit time scheme as that561 used in the vertical physics (see \autoref{sec:TRA_zdf}).615 For numerical stability, the vertical second derivative must be solved using 616 the same implicit time scheme as that used in the vertical physics (see \autoref{sec:TRA_zdf}). 562 617 For computer efficiency reasons, this term is not computed in the \mdl{traldf\_iso} module, 563 618 but in the \mdl{trazdf} module where, if iso-neutral mixing is used, 564 the vertical mixing coefficient is simply increased by $\frac{e_{1w} e_{2w}}{e_{3w}}(r_{1w}^2 + r_{2w}^2)$. 619 the vertical mixing coefficient is simply increased by 620 $\frac{e_{1w} e_{2w}}{e_{3w}}(r_{1w}^2 + r_{2w}^2)$. 565 621 566 622 This formulation conserves the tracer but does not ensure the decrease of the tracer variance. 567 Nevertheless the treatment performed on the slopes (see \autoref{chap:LDF}) allows the model to run safely without568 any additional background horizontal diffusion \citep{guilyardi.madec.ea_CD01}.623 Nevertheless the treatment performed on the slopes (see \autoref{chap:LDF}) allows the model to 624 run safely without any additional background horizontal diffusion \citep{guilyardi.madec.ea_CD01}. 569 625 570 626 Note that in the partial step $z$-coordinate (\np[=.true.]{ln_zps}{ln\_zps}), 571 the horizontal derivatives at the bottom level in \autoref{eq:TRA_ldf_iso} require a specific treatment. 627 the horizontal derivatives at the bottom level in \autoref{eq:TRA_ldf_iso} require 628 a specific treatment. 572 629 They are calculated in module zpshde, described in \autoref{sec:TRA_zpshde}. 573 630 … … 576 633 \label{subsec:TRA_ldf_triad} 577 634 578 An alternative scheme developed by \cite{griffies.gnanadesikan.ea_JPO98} which ensures tracer variance decreases 579 is also available in \NEMO\ (\np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_triad}{ln\_traldf\_triad}). 635 An alternative scheme developed by \cite{griffies.gnanadesikan.ea_JPO98} which 636 ensures tracer variance decreases is also available in \NEMO\ 637 (\np[=.true.]{ln_traldf_triad}{ln\_traldf\_triad}). 580 638 A complete description of the algorithm is given in \autoref{apdx:TRIADS}. 581 639 582 The lateral fourth order bilaplacian operator on tracers is obtained by applying (\autoref{eq:TRA_ldf_lap}) twice. 640 The lateral fourth order bilaplacian operator on tracers is obtained by 641 applying (\autoref{eq:TRA_ldf_lap}) twice. 583 642 The operator requires an additional assumption on boundary conditions: 584 643 both first and third derivative terms normal to the coast are set to zero. 585 644 586 The lateral fourth order operator formulation on tracers is obtained by applying (\autoref{eq:TRA_ldf_iso}) twice. 645 The lateral fourth order operator formulation on tracers is obtained by 646 applying (\autoref{eq:TRA_ldf_iso}) twice. 587 647 It requires an additional assumption on boundary conditions: 588 648 first and third derivative terms normal to the coast, … … 593 653 \label{subsec:TRA_ldf_options} 594 654 595 \begin{itemize} 596 \item \np{ln_traldf_msc}{ln\_traldf\_msc} = Method of Stabilizing Correction (both operators) 597 \item \np{rn_slpmax}{rn\_slpmax} = slope limit (both operators) 598 \item \np{ln_triad_iso}{ln\_triad\_iso} = pure horizontal mixing in ML (triad only) 599 \item \np{rn_sw_triad}{rn\_sw\_triad} $= 1$ switching triad; $= 0$ all 4 triads used (triad only) 600 \item \np{ln_botmix_triad}{ln\_botmix\_triad} = lateral mixing on bottom (triad only) 601 \end{itemize} 655 \begin{labeling}{{\np{ln_botmix_triad}{ln\_botmix\_triad}}} 656 \item [{\np{ln_traldf_msc}{ln\_traldf\_msc} }] Method of Stabilizing Correction (both operators) 657 \item [{\np{rn_slpmax}{rn\_slpmax} }] Slope limit (both operators) 658 \item [{\np{ln_triad_iso}{ln\_triad\_iso} }] Pure horizontal mixing in ML (triad only) 659 \item [{\np{rn_sw_triad}{rn\_sw\_triad} }] \forcode{=1} switching triad; 660 \forcode{= 0} all 4 triads used (triad only) 661 \item [{\np{ln_botmix_triad}{ln\_botmix\_triad}}] Lateral mixing on bottom (triad only) 662 \end{labeling} 602 663 603 664 %% ================================================================================================= … … 606 667 607 668 Options are defined through the \nam{zdf}{zdf} namelist variables. 608 The formulation of the vertical subgrid scale tracer physics is the same for all the vertical coordinates, 609 and is based on a laplacian operator. 610 The vertical diffusion operator given by (\autoref{eq:MB_zdf}) takes the following semi -discrete space form: 611 \begin{gather*} 669 The formulation of the vertical subgrid scale tracer physics is the same for 670 all the vertical coordinates, and is based on a laplacian operator. 671 The vertical diffusion operator given by (\autoref{eq:MB_zdf}) takes 672 the following semi-discrete space form: 673 \[ 612 674 % \label{eq:TRA_zdf} 613 D^{vT}_T = \frac{1}{e_{3t}} \, \delta_k \lt[ \, \frac{A^{vT}_w}{e_{3w}} \delta_{k + 1/2}[T] \, \rt] \\614 615 \ end{gather*}616 where $A_w^{vT}$ and $A_w^{vS}$ are the vertical eddy diffusivity coefficients on temperature and salinity,617 respectively.675 D^{vT}_T = \frac{1}{e_{3t}} \, \delta_k \lt[ \, \frac{A^{vT}_w}{e_{3w}} \delta_{k + 1/2}[T] \, \rt] \quad 676 D^{vS}_T = \frac{1}{e_{3t}} \; \delta_k \lt[ \, \frac{A^{vS}_w}{e_{3w}} \delta_{k + 1/2}[S] \, \rt] 677 \] 678 where $A_w^{vT}$ and $A_w^{vS}$ are the vertical eddy diffusivity coefficients on 679 temperature and salinity, respectively. 618 680 Generally, $A_w^{vT} = A_w^{vS}$ except when double diffusive mixing is parameterised 619 681 (\ie\ \np[=.true.]{ln_zdfddm}{ln\_zdfddm},). 620 682 The way these coefficients are evaluated is given in \autoref{chap:ZDF} (ZDF). 621 Furthermore, when iso-neutral mixing is used, both mixing coefficients are increased by622 $\frac{e_{1w} e_{2w}}{e_{3w} }({r_{1w}^2 + r_{2w}^2})$ to account for the vertical second derivative of 623 \autoref{eq:TRA_ldf_iso}.683 Furthermore, when iso-neutral mixing is used, 684 both mixing coefficients are increased by $\frac{e_{1w} e_{2w}}{e_{3w} }({r_{1w}^2 + r_{2w}^2})$ to 685 account for the vertical second derivative of \autoref{eq:TRA_ldf_iso}. 624 686 625 687 At the surface and bottom boundaries, the turbulent fluxes of heat and salt must be specified. … … 628 690 a geothermal flux forcing is prescribed as a bottom boundary condition (see \autoref{subsec:TRA_bbc}). 629 691 630 The large eddy coefficient found in the mixed layer together with high vertical resolution implies that631 th ere would be too restrictive constraint on the time step if we use explicit time stepping.692 The large eddy coefficient found in the mixed layer together with high vertical resolution implies 693 that there would be too restrictive constraint on the time step if we use explicit time stepping. 632 694 Therefore an implicit time stepping is preferred for the vertical diffusion since 633 695 it overcomes the stability constraint. … … 648 710 649 711 Due to interactions and mass exchange of water ($F_{mass}$) with other Earth system components 650 (\ie\ atmosphere, sea-ice, land), the change in the heat and salt content of the surface layer of the ocean is due 651 both to the heat and salt fluxes crossing the sea surface (not linked with $F_{mass}$) and 712 (\ie\ atmosphere, sea-ice, land), 713 the change in the heat and salt content of the surface layer of the ocean is due both to 714 the heat and salt fluxes crossing the sea surface (not linked with $F_{mass}$) and 652 715 to the heat and salt content of the mass exchange. 653 716 They are both included directly in $Q_{ns}$, the surface heat flux, 654 717 and $F_{salt}$, the surface salt flux (see \autoref{chap:SBC} for further details). 655 By doing this, the forcing formulation is the same for any tracer (including temperature and salinity). 656 657 The surface module (\mdl{sbcmod}, see \autoref{chap:SBC}) provides the following forcing fields (used on tracers): 658 659 \begin{itemize} 660 \item $Q_{ns}$, the non-solar part of the net surface heat flux that crosses the sea surface 661 (\ie\ the difference between the total surface heat flux and the fraction of the short wave flux that 662 penetrates into the water column, see \autoref{subsec:TRA_qsr}) 718 By doing this, the forcing formulation is the same for any tracer 719 (including temperature and salinity). 720 721 The surface module (\mdl{sbcmod}, see \autoref{chap:SBC}) provides the following forcing fields 722 (used on tracers): 723 724 \begin{labeling}{\textit{fwfisf}} 725 \item [$Q_{ns}$] The non-solar part of the net surface heat flux that crosses the sea surface 726 (\ie\ the difference between the total surface heat flux and 727 the fraction of the short wave flux that penetrates into the water column, 728 see \autoref{subsec:TRA_qsr}) 663 729 plus the heat content associated with of the mass exchange with the atmosphere and lands. 664 \item $\textit{sfx}$, the salt flux resulting from ice-ocean mass exchange (freezing, melting, ridging...) 665 \item \textit{emp}, the mass flux exchanged with the atmosphere (evaporation minus precipitation) and 730 \item [\textit{sfx}] The salt flux resulting from ice-ocean mass exchange 731 (freezing, melting, ridging...) 732 \item [\textit{emp}] The mass flux exchanged with the atmosphere (evaporation minus precipitation) and 666 733 possibly with the sea-ice and ice-shelves. 667 \item \textit{rnf}, the mass flux associated with runoff734 \item [\textit{rnf}] The mass flux associated with runoff 668 735 (see \autoref{sec:SBC_rnf} for further detail of how it acts on temperature and salinity tendencies) 669 \item \textit{fwfisf}, the mass flux associated with ice shelf melt,736 \item [\textit{fwfisf}] The mass flux associated with ice shelf melt, 670 737 (see \autoref{sec:SBC_isf} for further details on how the ice shelf melt is computed and applied). 671 \end{ itemize}738 \end{labeling} 672 739 673 740 The surface boundary condition on temperature and salinity is applied as follows: 674 741 \begin{equation} 675 742 \label{eq:TRA_sbc} 676 \begin{alignedat}{2} 677 F^T &= \frac{1}{C_p} &\frac{1}{\rho_o \lt. e_{3t} \rt|_{k = 1}} &\overline{Q_{ns} }^t \\ 678 F^S &= &\frac{1}{\rho_o \lt. e_{3t} \rt|_{k = 1}} &\overline{\textit{sfx}}^t 679 \end{alignedat} 743 F^T = \frac{1}{C_p} \frac{1}{\rho_o \lt. e_{3t} \rt|_{k = 1}} \overline{Q_{ns} }^t \qquad 744 F^S = \frac{1}{\rho_o \lt. e_{3t} \rt|_{k = 1}} \overline{\textit{sfx}}^t 680 745 \end{equation} 681 746 where $\overline x^t$ means that $x$ is averaged over two consecutive time steps … … 683 748 Such time averaging prevents the divergence of odd and even time step (see \autoref{chap:TD}). 684 749 685 In the linear free surface case (\np[=.true.]{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh}), an additional term has to be added on 686 both temperature and salinity. 687 On temperature, this term remove the heat content associated with mass exchange that has been added to $Q_{ns}$. 688 On salinity, this term mimics the concentration/dilution effect that would have resulted from a change in 689 the volume of the first level. 750 In the linear free surface case (\np[=.true.]{ln_linssh}{ln\_linssh}), 751 an additional term has to be added on both temperature and salinity. 752 On temperature, this term remove the heat content associated with 753 mass exchange that has been added to $Q_{ns}$. 754 On salinity, this term mimics the concentration/dilution effect that would have resulted from 755 a change in the volume of the first level. 690 756 The resulting surface boundary condition is applied as follows: 691 757 \begin{equation} 692 758 \label{eq:TRA_sbc_lin} 693 \begin{alignedat}{2} 694 F^T &= \frac{1}{C_p} &\frac{1}{\rho_o \lt. e_{3t} \rt|_{k = 1}} 695 &\overline{(Q_{ns} - C_p \, \textit{emp} \lt. T \rt|_{k = 1})}^t \\ 696 F^S &= &\frac{1}{\rho_o \lt. e_{3t} \rt|_{k = 1}} 697 &\overline{(\textit{sfx} - \textit{emp} \lt. S \rt|_{k = 1})}^t 698 \end{alignedat} 699 \end{equation} 700 Note that an exact conservation of heat and salt content is only achieved with non-linear free surface. 759 F^T = \frac{1}{C_p} \frac{1}{\rho_o \lt. e_{3t} \rt|_{k = 1}} 760 \overline{(Q_{ns} - C_p \, \textit{emp} \lt. T \rt|_{k = 1})}^t \qquad 761 F^S = \frac{1}{\rho_o \lt. e_{3t} \rt|_{k = 1}} 762 \overline{(\textit{sfx} - \textit{emp} \lt. S \rt|_{k = 1})}^t 763 \end{equation} 764 Note that an exact conservation of heat and salt content is only achieved with 765 non-linear free surface. 701 766 In the linear free surface case, there is a small imbalance. 702 The imbalance is larger than the imbalance associated with the Asselin time filter \citep{leclair.madec_OM09}. 703 This is the reason why the modified filter is not applied in the linear free surface case (see \autoref{chap:TD}). 767 The imbalance is larger than the imbalance associated with the Asselin time filter 768 \citep{leclair.madec_OM09}. 769 This is the reason why the modified filter is not applied in the linear free surface case 770 (see \autoref{chap:TD}). 704 771 705 772 %% ================================================================================================= … … 716 783 When the penetrative solar radiation option is used (\np[=.true.]{ln_traqsr}{ln\_traqsr}), 717 784 the solar radiation penetrates the top few tens of meters of the ocean. 718 If it is not used (\np[=.false.]{ln_traqsr}{ln\_traqsr}) all the heat flux is absorbed in the first ocean level. 719 Thus, in the former case a term is added to the time evolution equation of temperature \autoref{eq:MB_PE_tra_T} and 720 the surface boundary condition is modified to take into account only the non-penetrative part of the surface 721 heat flux: 785 If it is not used (\np[=.false.]{ln_traqsr}{ln\_traqsr}) all the heat flux is absorbed in 786 the first ocean level. 787 Thus, in the former case a term is added to the time evolution equation of temperature 788 \autoref{eq:MB_PE_tra_T} and the surface boundary condition is modified to 789 take into account only the non-penetrative part of the surface heat flux: 722 790 \begin{equation} 723 791 \label{eq:TRA_PE_qsr} … … 736 804 737 805 The shortwave radiation, $Q_{sr}$, consists of energy distributed across a wide spectral range. 738 The ocean is strongly absorbing for wavelengths longer than 700 ~nm and these wavelengths contribute to739 heatingthe upper few tens of centimetres.740 The fraction of $Q_{sr}$ that resides in these almost non-penetrative wavebands, $R$, is $\sim 58\%$806 The ocean is strongly absorbing for wavelengths longer than 700 $nm$ and 807 these wavelengths contribute to heat the upper few tens of centimetres. 808 The fraction of $Q_{sr}$ that resides in these almost non-penetrative wavebands, $R$, is $\sim$ 58\% 741 809 (specified through namelist parameter \np{rn_abs}{rn\_abs}). 742 It is assumed to penetrate the ocean with a decreasing exponential profile, with an e-folding depth scale, $\xi_0$, 743 of a few tens of centimetres (typically $\xi_0 = 0.35~m$ set as \np{rn_si0}{rn\_si0} in the \nam{tra_qsr}{tra\_qsr} namelist). 744 For shorter wavelengths (400-700~nm), the ocean is more transparent, and solar energy propagates to 745 larger depths where it contributes to local heating. 746 The way this second part of the solar energy penetrates into the ocean depends on which formulation is chosen. 810 It is assumed to penetrate the ocean with a decreasing exponential profile, 811 with an e-folding depth scale, $\xi_0$, of a few tens of centimetres 812 (typically $\xi_0 = 0.35~m$ set as \np{rn_si0}{rn\_si0} in the \nam{tra_qsr}{tra\_qsr} namelist). 813 For shorter wavelengths (400-700 $nm$), the ocean is more transparent, 814 and solar energy propagates to larger depths where it contributes to local heating. 815 The way this second part of the solar energy penetrates into 816 the ocean depends on which formulation is chosen. 747 817 In the simple 2-waveband light penetration scheme (\np[=.true.]{ln_qsr_2bd}{ln\_qsr\_2bd}) 748 818 a chlorophyll-independent monochromatic formulation is chosen for the shorter wavelengths, … … 754 824 where $\xi_1$ is the second extinction length scale associated with the shorter wavelengths. 755 825 It is usually chosen to be 23~m by setting the \np{rn_si0}{rn\_si0} namelist parameter. 756 The set of default values ($\xi_0, \xi_1, R$) corresponds to a Type I water in Jerlov's (1968) classification757 (oligotrophic waters).826 The set of default values ($\xi_0, \xi_1, R$) corresponds to 827 a Type I water in Jerlov's (1968) classification (oligotrophic waters). 758 828 759 829 Such assumptions have been shown to provide a very crude and simplistic representation of … … 763 833 a 61 waveband formulation. 764 834 Unfortunately, such a model is very computationally expensive. 765 Thus, \cite{lengaigne.menkes.ea_CD07} have constructed a simplified version of this formulation in which 766 visible light is split into three wavebands: blue (400-500 nm), green (500-600 nm) and red (600-700nm). 767 For each wave-band, the chlorophyll-dependent attenuation coefficient is fitted to the coefficients computed from 768 the full spectral model of \cite{morel_JGR88} (as modified by \cite{morel.maritorena_JGR01}), 769 assuming the same power-law relationship. 770 As shown in \autoref{fig:TRA_qsr_irradiance}, this formulation, called RGB (Red-Green-Blue), 835 Thus, \cite{lengaigne.menkes.ea_CD07} have constructed a simplified version of 836 this formulation in which visible light is split into three wavebands: 837 blue (400-500 $nm$), green (500-600 $nm$) and red (600-700 $nm$). 838 For each wave-band, the chlorophyll-dependent attenuation coefficient is fitted to 839 the coefficients computed from the full spectral model of \cite{morel_JGR88} 840 (as modified by \cite{morel.maritorena_JGR01}), assuming the same power-law relationship. 841 As shown in \autoref{fig:TRA_qsr_irradiance}, this formulation, 842 called RGB (\textbf{R}ed-\textbf{G}reen-\textbf{B}lue), 771 843 reproduces quite closely the light penetration profiles predicted by the full spectal model, 772 844 but with much greater computational efficiency. … … 774 846 775 847 The RGB formulation is used when \np[=.true.]{ln_qsr_rgb}{ln\_qsr\_rgb}. 776 The RGB attenuation coefficients (\ie\ the inverses of the extinction length scales) are tabulated over777 61 nonuniform chlorophyll classes ranging from 0.01 to 10 g.Chl/L 848 The RGB attenuation coefficients (\ie\ the inverses of the extinction length scales) are 849 tabulated over 61 nonuniform chlorophyll classes ranging from 0.01 to 10 $g.Chl/L$ 778 850 (see the routine \rou{trc\_oce\_rgb} in \mdl{trc\_oce} module). 779 851 Four types of chlorophyll can be chosen in the RGB formulation: 780 852 781 853 \begin{description} 782 \item [{\np[=0]{nn_chldta}{nn\_chldta}}] a constant 0.05 g.Chl/L value everywhere ; 783 \item [{\np[=1]{nn_chldta}{nn\_chldta}}] an observed time varying chlorophyll deduced from satellite surface ocean color measurement spread uniformly in the vertical direction; 784 \item [{\np[=2]{nn_chldta}{nn\_chldta}}] same as previous case except that a vertical profile of chlorophyl is used. 785 Following \cite{morel.berthon_LO89}, the profile is computed from the local surface chlorophyll value; 786 \item [{\np[=.true.]{ln_qsr_bio}{ln\_qsr\_bio}}] simulated time varying chlorophyll by TOP biogeochemical model. 787 In this case, the RGB formulation is used to calculate both the phytoplankton light limitation in 788 PISCES and the oceanic heating rate. 854 \item [{\np[=0]{nn_chldta}{nn\_chldta}}] a constant 0.05 $g.Chl/L$ value everywhere; 855 \item [{\np[=1]{nn_chldta}{nn\_chldta}}] an observed time varying chlorophyll deduced from 856 satellite surface ocean color measurement spread uniformly in the vertical direction; 857 \item [{\np[=2]{nn_chldta}{nn\_chldta}}] same as previous case except that 858 a vertical profile of chlorophyl is used. 859 Following \cite{morel.berthon_LO89}, 860 the profile is computed from the local surface chlorophyll value; 861 \item [{\np[=.true.]{ln_qsr_bio}{ln\_qsr\_bio}}] simulated time varying chlorophyll by 862 \TOP\ biogeochemical model. 863 In this case, the RGB formulation is used to calculate both 864 the phytoplankton light limitation in \PISCES\ and the oceanic heating rate. 789 865 \end{description} 790 866 … … 797 873 (\ie\ it is less than the computer precision) is computed once, 798 874 and the trend associated with the penetration of the solar radiation is only added down to that level. 799 Finally, note that when the ocean is shallow ($<$ 200~m), part of the solar radiation can reach the ocean floor. 875 Finally, note that when the ocean is shallow ($<$ 200~m), 876 part of the solar radiation can reach the ocean floor. 800 877 In this case, we have chosen that all remaining radiation is absorbed in the last ocean level 801 878 (\ie\ $I$ is masked). 802 879 803 \begin{figure} [!t]880 \begin{figure} 804 881 \centering 805 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_TRA_Irradiance}882 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{TRA_Irradiance} 806 883 \caption[Penetration profile of the downward solar irradiance calculated by four models]{ 807 884 Penetration profile of the downward solar irradiance calculated by four models. … … 810 887 4 waveband RGB formulation (red), 811 888 61 waveband Morel (1988) formulation (black) for a chlorophyll concentration of 812 (a) Chl=0.05 mg/m$^3$ and (b) Chl=0.5 mg/m$^3$.889 (a) Chl=0.05 $mg/m^3$ and (b) Chl=0.5 $mg/m^3$. 813 890 From \citet{lengaigne.menkes.ea_CD07}.} 814 891 \label{fig:TRA_qsr_irradiance} … … 824 901 \label{lst:nambbc} 825 902 \end{listing} 826 \begin{figure}[!t] 903 904 \begin{figure} 827 905 \centering 828 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_TRA_geoth}906 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{TRA_geoth} 829 907 \caption[Geothermal heat flux]{ 830 908 Geothermal Heat flux (in $mW.m^{-2}$) used by \cite{emile-geay.madec_OS09}. … … 836 914 \ie\ a no flux boundary condition is applied on active tracers at the bottom. 837 915 This is the default option in \NEMO, and it is implemented using the masking technique. 838 However, there is a non-zero heat flux across the seafloor that is associated with solid earth cooling. 839 This flux is weak compared to surface fluxes (a mean global value of $\sim 0.1 \, W/m^2$ \citep{stein.stein_N92}), 916 However, there is a non-zero heat flux across the seafloor that 917 is associated with solid earth cooling. 918 This flux is weak compared to surface fluxes 919 (a mean global value of $\sim 0.1 \, W/m^2$ \citep{stein.stein_N92}), 840 920 but it warms systematically the ocean and acts on the densest water masses. 841 921 Taking this flux into account in a global ocean model increases the deepest overturning cell 842 (\ie\ the one associated with the Antarctic Bottom Water) by a few Sverdrups \citep{emile-geay.madec_OS09}. 922 (\ie\ the one associated with the Antarctic Bottom Water) by 923 a few Sverdrups \citep{emile-geay.madec_OS09}. 843 924 844 925 Options are defined through the \nam{bbc}{bbc} namelist variables. 845 The presence of geothermal heating is controlled by setting the namelist parameter \np{ln_trabbc}{ln\_trabbc} to true. 846 Then, when \np{nn_geoflx}{nn\_geoflx} is set to 1, a constant geothermal heating is introduced whose value is given by 847 the \np{rn_geoflx_cst}{rn\_geoflx\_cst}, which is also a namelist parameter. 848 When \np{nn_geoflx}{nn\_geoflx} is set to 2, a spatially varying geothermal heat flux is introduced which is provided in 849 the \ifile{geothermal\_heating} NetCDF file (\autoref{fig:TRA_geothermal}) \citep{emile-geay.madec_OS09}. 926 The presence of geothermal heating is controlled by 927 setting the namelist parameter \np{ln_trabbc}{ln\_trabbc} to true. 928 Then, when \np{nn_geoflx}{nn\_geoflx} is set to 1, a constant geothermal heating is introduced whose 929 value is given by the \np{rn_geoflx_cst}{rn\_geoflx\_cst}, which is also a namelist parameter. 930 When \np{nn_geoflx}{nn\_geoflx} is set to 2, 931 a spatially varying geothermal heat flux is introduced which is provided in 932 the \ifile{geothermal\_heating} NetCDF file 933 (\autoref{fig:TRA_geothermal}) \citep{emile-geay.madec_OS09}. 850 934 851 935 %% ================================================================================================= … … 865 949 where dense water formed in marginal seas flows into a basin filled with less dense water, 866 950 or along the continental slope when dense water masses are formed on a continental shelf. 867 The amount of entrainment that occurs in these gravity plumes is critical in determining the density and 868 volume flux of the densest waters of the ocean, such as Antarctic Bottom Water, or North Atlantic Deep Water. 951 The amount of entrainment that occurs in these gravity plumes is critical in 952 determining the density and volume flux of the densest waters of the ocean, 953 such as Antarctic Bottom Water, or North Atlantic Deep Water. 869 954 $z$-coordinate models tend to overestimate the entrainment, 870 because the gravity flow is mixed vertically by convection as it goes ''downstairs'' following the step topography, 955 because the gravity flow is mixed vertically by convection as 956 it goes ''downstairs'' following the step topography, 871 957 sometimes over a thickness much larger than the thickness of the observed gravity plume. 872 A similar problem occurs in the $s$-coordinate when the thickness of the bottom level varies rapidly downstream of 873 a sill \citep{willebrand.barnier.ea_PO01}, and the thickness of the plume is not resolved. 874 875 The idea of the bottom boundary layer (BBL) parameterisation, first introduced by \citet{beckmann.doscher_JPO97}, 958 A similar problem occurs in the $s$-coordinate when 959 the thickness of the bottom level varies rapidly downstream of a sill 960 \citep{willebrand.barnier.ea_PO01}, and the thickness of the plume is not resolved. 961 962 The idea of the bottom boundary layer (BBL) parameterisation, first introduced by 963 \citet{beckmann.doscher_JPO97}, 876 964 is to allow a direct communication between two adjacent bottom cells at different levels, 877 965 whenever the densest water is located above the less dense water. 878 The communication can be by a diffusive flux (diffusive BBL), an advective flux (advective BBL), or both. 966 The communication can be by a diffusive flux (diffusive BBL), 967 an advective flux (advective BBL), or both. 879 968 In the current implementation of the BBL, only the tracers are modified, not the velocities. 880 Furthermore, it only connects ocean bottom cells, and therefore does not include all the improvements introduced by881 \citet{campin.goosse_T99}.969 Furthermore, it only connects ocean bottom cells, 970 and therefore does not include all the improvements introduced by \citet{campin.goosse_T99}. 882 971 883 972 %% ================================================================================================= … … 885 974 \label{subsec:TRA_bbl_diff} 886 975 887 When applying sigma-diffusion (\np[=.true.]{ln_trabbl}{ln\_trabbl} and \np{nn_bbl_ldf}{nn\_bbl\_ldf} set to 1), 976 When applying sigma-diffusion 977 (\np[=.true.]{ln_trabbl}{ln\_trabbl} and \np{nn_bbl_ldf}{nn\_bbl\_ldf} set to 1), 888 978 the diffusive flux between two adjacent cells at the ocean floor is given by 889 979 \[ … … 891 981 \vect F_\sigma = A_l^\sigma \, \nabla_\sigma T 892 982 \] 893 with $\nabla_\sigma$ the lateral gradient operator taken between bottom cells, and894 $A_l^\sigma$ the lateral diffusivity in the BBL.983 with $\nabla_\sigma$ the lateral gradient operator taken between bottom cells, 984 and $A_l^\sigma$ the lateral diffusivity in the BBL. 895 985 Following \citet{beckmann.doscher_JPO97}, the latter is prescribed with a spatial dependence, 896 986 \ie\ in the conditional form … … 900 990 \begin{cases} 901 991 A_{bbl} & \text{if~} \nabla_\sigma \rho \cdot \nabla H < 0 \\ 902 \\ 903 0 & \text{otherwise} \\ 992 0 & \text{otherwise} 904 993 \end{cases} 905 994 \end{equation} 906 where $A_{bbl}$ is the BBL diffusivity coefficient, given by the namelist parameter \np{rn_ahtbbl}{rn\_ahtbbl} and 995 where $A_{bbl}$ is the BBL diffusivity coefficient, 996 given by the namelist parameter \np{rn_ahtbbl}{rn\_ahtbbl} and 907 997 usually set to a value much larger than the one used for lateral mixing in the open ocean. 908 998 The constraint in \autoref{eq:TRA_bbl_coef} implies that sigma-like diffusion only occurs when … … 915 1005 \nabla_\sigma \rho / \rho = \alpha \, \nabla_\sigma T + \beta \, \nabla_\sigma S 916 1006 \] 917 where $\rho$, $\alpha$ and $\beta$ are functions of $\overline T^\sigma$, $\overline S^\sigma$ and 918 $\overline H^\sigma$, the along bottom mean temperature, salinity and depth, respectively. 1007 where $\rho$, $\alpha$ and $\beta$ are functions of 1008 $\overline T^\sigma$, $\overline S^\sigma$ and $\overline H^\sigma$, 1009 the along bottom mean temperature, salinity and depth, respectively. 919 1010 920 1011 %% ================================================================================================= … … 927 1018 %} 928 1019 929 \begin{figure} [!t]1020 \begin{figure} 930 1021 \centering 931 \includegraphics[width=0. 66\textwidth]{Fig_BBL_adv}1022 \includegraphics[width=0.33\textwidth]{TRA_BBL_adv} 932 1023 \caption[Advective/diffusive bottom boundary layer]{ 933 1024 Advective/diffusive Bottom Boundary Layer. … … 946 1037 %!! i.e. transport proportional to the along-slope density gradient 947 1038 948 %%%gmcomment : this section has to be really written 949 950 When applying an advective BBL (\np[=1..2]{nn_bbl_adv}{nn\_bbl\_adv}), an overturning circulation is added which 951 connects two adjacent bottom grid-points only if dense water overlies less dense water on the slope. 1039 \cmtgm{This section has to be really written} 1040 1041 When applying an advective BBL (\np[=1..2]{nn_bbl_adv}{nn\_bbl\_adv}), 1042 an overturning circulation is added which connects two adjacent bottom grid-points only if 1043 dense water overlies less dense water on the slope. 952 1044 The density difference causes dense water to move down the slope. 953 1045 954 \np[=1]{nn_bbl_adv}{nn\_bbl\_adv}: 955 the downslope velocity is chosen to be the Eulerian ocean velocity just above the topographic step 956 (see black arrow in \autoref{fig:TRA_bbl}) \citep{beckmann.doscher_JPO97}. 957 It is a \textit{conditional advection}, that is, advection is allowed only 958 if dense water overlies less dense water on the slope (\ie\ $\nabla_\sigma \rho \cdot \nabla H < 0$) and 959 if the velocity is directed towards greater depth (\ie\ $\vect U \cdot \nabla H > 0$). 960 961 \np[=2]{nn_bbl_adv}{nn\_bbl\_adv}: 962 the downslope velocity is chosen to be proportional to $\Delta \rho$, 963 the density difference between the higher cell and lower cell densities \citep{campin.goosse_T99}. 964 The advection is allowed only if dense water overlies less dense water on the slope 965 (\ie\ $\nabla_\sigma \rho \cdot \nabla H < 0$). 966 For example, the resulting transport of the downslope flow, here in the $i$-direction (\autoref{fig:TRA_bbl}), 967 is simply given by the following expression: 968 \[ 969 % \label{eq:TRA_bbl_Utr} 970 u^{tr}_{bbl} = \gamma g \frac{\Delta \rho}{\rho_o} e_{1u} \, min ({e_{3u}}_{kup},{e_{3u}}_{kdwn}) 971 \] 972 where $\gamma$, expressed in seconds, is the coefficient of proportionality provided as \np{rn_gambbl}{rn\_gambbl}, 973 a namelist parameter, and \textit{kup} and \textit{kdwn} are the vertical index of the higher and lower cells, 974 respectively. 975 The parameter $\gamma$ should take a different value for each bathymetric step, but for simplicity, 976 and because no direct estimation of this parameter is available, a uniform value has been assumed. 977 The possible values for $\gamma$ range between 1 and $10~s$ \citep{campin.goosse_T99}. 978 979 Scalar properties are advected by this additional transport $(u^{tr}_{bbl},v^{tr}_{bbl})$ using the upwind scheme. 980 Such a diffusive advective scheme has been chosen to mimic the entrainment between the downslope plume and 981 the surrounding water at intermediate depths. 1046 \begin{description} 1047 \item [{\np[=1]{nn_bbl_adv}{nn\_bbl\_adv}}] the downslope velocity is chosen to 1048 be the Eulerian ocean velocity just above the topographic step 1049 (see black arrow in \autoref{fig:TRA_bbl}) \citep{beckmann.doscher_JPO97}. 1050 It is a \textit{conditional advection}, that is, 1051 advection is allowed only if dense water overlies less dense water on the slope 1052 (\ie\ $\nabla_\sigma \rho \cdot \nabla H < 0$) and if the velocity is directed towards greater depth 1053 (\ie\ $\vect U \cdot \nabla H > 0$). 1054 \item [{\np[=2]{nn_bbl_adv}{nn\_bbl\_adv}}] the downslope velocity is chosen to be proportional to 1055 $\Delta \rho$, the density difference between the higher cell and lower cell densities 1056 \citep{campin.goosse_T99}. 1057 The advection is allowed only if dense water overlies less dense water on the slope 1058 (\ie\ $\nabla_\sigma \rho \cdot \nabla H < 0$). 1059 For example, the resulting transport of the downslope flow, here in the $i$-direction 1060 (\autoref{fig:TRA_bbl}), is simply given by the following expression: 1061 \[ 1062 % \label{eq:TRA_bbl_Utr} 1063 u^{tr}_{bbl} = \gamma g \frac{\Delta \rho}{\rho_o} e_{1u} \, min ({e_{3u}}_{kup},{e_{3u}}_{kdwn}) 1064 \] 1065 where $\gamma$, expressed in seconds, is the coefficient of proportionality provided as 1066 \np{rn_gambbl}{rn\_gambbl}, a namelist parameter, and 1067 \textit{kup} and \textit{kdwn} are the vertical index of the higher and lower cells, respectively. 1068 The parameter $\gamma$ should take a different value for each bathymetric step, but for simplicity, 1069 and because no direct estimation of this parameter is available, a uniform value has been assumed. 1070 The possible values for $\gamma$ range between 1 and $10~s$ \citep{campin.goosse_T99}. 1071 \end{description} 1072 1073 Scalar properties are advected by this additional transport $(u^{tr}_{bbl},v^{tr}_{bbl})$ using 1074 the upwind scheme. 1075 Such a diffusive advective scheme has been chosen to mimic the entrainment between 1076 the downslope plume and the surrounding water at intermediate depths. 982 1077 The entrainment is replaced by the vertical mixing implicit in the advection scheme. 983 1078 Let us consider as an example the case displayed in \autoref{fig:TRA_bbl} where 984 1079 the density at level $(i,kup)$ is larger than the one at level $(i,kdwn)$. 985 The advective BBL scheme modifies the tracer time tendency of the ocean cells near the topographic step by986 the downslope flow \autoref{eq:TRA_bbl_dw}, the horizontal \autoref{eq:TRA_bbl_hor} and987 the upward \autoref{eq:TRA_bbl_up} return flows as follows:988 \begin{alignat}{ 3}1080 The advective BBL scheme modifies the tracer time tendency of 1081 the ocean cells near the topographic step by the downslope flow \autoref{eq:TRA_bbl_dw}, 1082 the horizontal \autoref{eq:TRA_bbl_hor} and the upward \autoref{eq:TRA_bbl_up} return flows as follows: 1083 \begin{alignat}{5} 989 1084 \label{eq:TRA_bbl_dw} 990 \partial_t T^{do}_{kdw} &\equiv \partial_t T^{do}_{kdw} 991 &&+ \frac{u^{tr}_{bbl}}{{b_t}^{do}_{kdw}} &&\lt( T^{sh}_{kup} - T^{do}_{kdw} \rt) \\ 1085 \partial_t T^{do}_{kdw} &\equiv \partial_t T^{do}_{kdw} &&+ \frac{u^{tr}_{bbl}}{{b_t}^{do}_{kdw}} &&\lt( T^{sh}_{kup} - T^{do}_{kdw} \rt) \\ 992 1086 \label{eq:TRA_bbl_hor} 993 \partial_t T^{sh}_{kup} &\equiv \partial_t T^{sh}_{kup} 994 &&+ \frac{u^{tr}_{bbl}}{{b_t}^{sh}_{kup}} &&\lt( T^{do}_{kup} - T^{sh}_{kup} \rt) \\ 995 % 996 \intertext{and for $k =kdw-1,\;..., \; kup$ :} 997 % 1087 \partial_t T^{sh}_{kup} &\equiv \partial_t T^{sh}_{kup} &&+ \frac{u^{tr}_{bbl}}{{b_t}^{sh}_{kup}} &&\lt( T^{do}_{kup} - T^{sh}_{kup} \rt) \\ 1088 \shortintertext{and for $k =kdw-1,\;..., \; kup$ :} 998 1089 \label{eq:TRA_bbl_up} 999 \partial_t T^{do}_{k} &\equiv \partial_t S^{do}_{k} 1000 &&+ \frac{u^{tr}_{bbl}}{{b_t}^{do}_{k}} &&\lt( T^{do}_{k +1} - T^{sh}_{k} \rt) 1090 \partial_t T^{do}_{k} &\equiv \partial_t S^{do}_{k} &&+ \frac{u^{tr}_{bbl}}{{b_t}^{do}_{k}} &&\lt( T^{do}_{k +1} - T^{sh}_{k} \rt) 1001 1091 \end{alignat} 1002 1092 where $b_t$ is the $T$-cell volume. … … 1015 1105 \end{listing} 1016 1106 1017 In some applications it can be useful to add a Newtonian damping term into the temperature and salinity equations: 1107 In some applications it can be useful to add a Newtonian damping term into 1108 the temperature and salinity equations: 1018 1109 \begin{equation} 1019 1110 \label{eq:TRA_dmp} 1020 \begin{gathered} 1021 \pd[T]{t} = \cdots - \gamma (T - T_o) \\ 1022 \pd[S]{t} = \cdots - \gamma (S - S_o) 1023 \end{gathered} 1024 \end{equation} 1025 where $\gamma$ is the inverse of a time scale, and $T_o$ and $S_o$ are given temperature and salinity fields 1026 (usually a climatology). 1027 Options are defined through the \nam{tra_dmp}{tra\_dmp} namelist variables. 1111 \pd[T]{t} = \cdots - \gamma (T - T_o) \qquad \pd[S]{t} = \cdots - \gamma (S - S_o) 1112 \end{equation} 1113 where $\gamma$ is the inverse of a time scale, 1114 and $T_o$ and $S_o$ are given temperature and salinity fields (usually a climatology). 1115 Options are defined through the \nam{tra_dmp}{tra\_dmp} namelist variables. 1028 1116 The restoring term is added when the namelist parameter \np{ln_tradmp}{ln\_tradmp} is set to true. 1029 It also requires that both \np{ln_tsd_init}{ln\_tsd\_init} and \np{ln_tsd_dmp}{ln\_tsd\_dmp} are set to true in 1030 \nam{tsd}{tsd} namelist as well as \np{sn_tem}{sn\_tem} and \np{sn_sal}{sn\_sal} structures are correctly set 1117 It also requires that both \np{ln_tsd_init}{ln\_tsd\_init} and 1118 \np{ln_tsd_dmp}{ln\_tsd\_dmp} are set to true in \nam{tsd}{tsd} namelist as well as 1119 \np{sn_tem}{sn\_tem} and \np{sn_sal}{sn\_sal} structures are correctly set 1031 1120 (\ie\ that $T_o$ and $S_o$ are provided in input files and read using \mdl{fldread}, 1032 1121 see \autoref{subsec:SBC_fldread}). 1033 The restoring coefficient $\gamma$ is a three-dimensional array read in during the \rou{tra\_dmp\_init} routine. 1122 The restoring coefficient $\gamma$ is a three-dimensional array read in during 1123 the \rou{tra\_dmp\_init} routine. 1034 1124 The file name is specified by the namelist variable \np{cn_resto}{cn\_resto}. 1035 The DMP\_TOOLS tool isprovided to allow users to generate the netcdf file.1125 The \texttt{DMP\_TOOLS} are provided to allow users to generate the netcdf file. 1036 1126 1037 1127 The two main cases in which \autoref{eq:TRA_dmp} is used are 1038 \textit{(a)} the specification of the boundary conditions along artificial walls of a limited domain basin and 1039 \textit{(b)} the computation of the velocity field associated with a given $T$-$S$ field 1040 (for example to build the initial state of a prognostic simulation, 1041 or to use the resulting velocity field for a passive tracer study). 1128 \begin{enumerate*}[label=(\textit{\alph*})] 1129 \item the specification of the boundary conditions along 1130 artificial walls of a limited domain basin and 1131 \item the computation of the velocity field associated with a given $T$-$S$ field 1132 (for example to build the initial state of a prognostic simulation, 1133 or to use the resulting velocity field for a passive tracer study). 1134 \end{enumerate*} 1042 1135 The first case applies to regional models that have artificial walls instead of open boundaries. 1043 In the vicinity of these walls, $\gamma$ takes large values (equivalent to a time scale of a few days) whereas1044 it is zero in the interior of the model domain.1136 In the vicinity of these walls, $\gamma$ takes large values (equivalent to a time scale of a few days) 1137 whereas it is zero in the interior of the model domain. 1045 1138 The second case corresponds to the use of the robust diagnostic method \citep{sarmiento.bryan_JGR82}. 1046 1139 It allows us to find the velocity field consistent with the model dynamics whilst 1047 1140 having a $T$, $S$ field close to a given climatological field ($T_o$, $S_o$). 1048 1141 1049 The robust diagnostic method is very efficient in preventing temperature drift in intermediate waters but1050 i t produces artificial sources of heat and salt within the ocean.1142 The robust diagnostic method is very efficient in preventing temperature drift in 1143 intermediate waters but it produces artificial sources of heat and salt within the ocean. 1051 1144 It also has undesirable effects on the ocean convection. 1052 It tends to prevent deep convection and subsequent deep-water formation, by stabilising the water column too much. 1053 1054 The namelist parameter \np{nn_zdmp}{nn\_zdmp} sets whether the damping should be applied in the whole water column or 1055 only below the mixed layer (defined either on a density or $S_o$ criterion). 1145 It tends to prevent deep convection and subsequent deep-water formation, 1146 by stabilising the water column too much. 1147 1148 The namelist parameter \np{nn_zdmp}{nn\_zdmp} sets whether the damping should be applied in 1149 the whole water column or only below the mixed layer (defined either on a density or $S_o$ criterion). 1056 1150 It is common to set the damping to zero in the mixed layer as the adjustment time scale is short here 1057 1151 \citep{madec.delecluse.ea_JPO96}. 1058 1152 1059 For generating \ifile{resto}, see the documentation for the DMP tool provided with the source code under1060 \path{./tools/DMP_TOOLS}.1153 For generating \ifile{resto}, 1154 see the documentation for the DMP tools provided with the source code under \path{./tools/DMP_TOOLS}. 1061 1155 1062 1156 %% ================================================================================================= … … 1065 1159 1066 1160 Options are defined through the \nam{dom}{dom} namelist variables. 1067 The general framework for tracer time stepping is a modified leap-frog scheme \citep{leclair.madec_OM09}, 1068 \ie\ a three level centred time scheme associated with a Asselin time filter (cf. \autoref{sec:TD_mLF}): 1161 The general framework for tracer time stepping is a modified leap-frog scheme 1162 \citep{leclair.madec_OM09}, \ie\ a three level centred time scheme associated with 1163 a Asselin time filter (cf. \autoref{sec:TD_mLF}): 1069 1164 \begin{equation} 1070 1165 \label{eq:TRA_nxt} 1071 \begin{alignedat}{ 3}1166 \begin{alignedat}{5} 1072 1167 &(e_{3t}T)^{t + \rdt} &&= (e_{3t}T)_f^{t - \rdt} &&+ 2 \, \rdt \,e_{3t}^t \ \text{RHS}^t \\ 1073 1168 &(e_{3t}T)_f^t &&= (e_{3t}T)^t &&+ \, \gamma \, \lt[ (e_{3t}T)_f^{t - \rdt} - 2(e_{3t}T)^t + (e_{3t}T)^{t + \rdt} \rt] \\ … … 1075 1170 \end{alignedat} 1076 1171 \end{equation} 1077 where RHS is the right hand side of the temperature equation, the subscript $f$ denotes filtered values, 1078 $\gamma$ is the Asselin coefficient, and $S$ is the total forcing applied on $T$ 1079 (\ie\ fluxes plus content in mass exchanges). 1080 $\gamma$ is initialized as \np{rn_atfp}{rn\_atfp} (\textbf{namelist} parameter). 1081 Its default value is \np[=10.e-3]{rn_atfp}{rn\_atfp}. 1172 where RHS is the right hand side of the temperature equation, 1173 the subscript $f$ denotes filtered values, $\gamma$ is the Asselin coefficient, 1174 and $S$ is the total forcing applied on $T$ (\ie\ fluxes plus content in mass exchanges). 1175 $\gamma$ is initialized as \np{rn_atfp}{rn\_atfp}, its default value is \forcode{10.e-3}. 1082 1176 Note that the forcing correction term in the filter is not applied in linear free surface 1083 1177 (\jp{ln\_linssh}\forcode{=.true.}) (see \autoref{subsec:TRA_sbc}). 1084 Not also that in constant volume case, the time stepping is performed on $T$, not on its content, $e_{3t}T$. 1085 1086 When the vertical mixing is solved implicitly, the update of the \textit{next} tracer fields is done in 1087 \mdl{trazdf} module. 1178 Not also that in constant volume case, the time stepping is performed on $T$, 1179 not on its content, $e_{3t}T$. 1180 1181 When the vertical mixing is solved implicitly, 1182 the update of the \textit{next} tracer fields is done in \mdl{trazdf} module. 1088 1183 In this case only the swapping of arrays and the Asselin filtering is done in the \mdl{tranxt} module. 1089 1184 1090 In order to prepare for the computation of the \textit{next} time step, a swap of tracer arrays is performed:1091 $T^{t - \rdt} = T^t$ and $T^t = T_f$.1185 In order to prepare for the computation of the \textit{next} time step, 1186 a swap of tracer arrays is performed: $T^{t - \rdt} = T^t$ and $T^t = T_f$. 1092 1187 1093 1188 %% ================================================================================================= … … 1105 1200 \label{subsec:TRA_eos} 1106 1201 1107 The Equation Of Seawater (EOS) is an empirical nonlinear thermodynamic relationship linking seawater density, 1108 $\rho$, to a number of state variables, most typically temperature, salinity and pressure. 1202 The \textbf{E}quation \textbf{O}f \textbf{S}eawater (EOS) is 1203 an empirical nonlinear thermodynamic relationship linking 1204 seawater density, $\rho$, to a number of state variables, 1205 most typically temperature, salinity and pressure. 1109 1206 Because density gradients control the pressure gradient force through the hydrostatic balance, 1110 the equation of state provides a fundamental bridge between the distribution of active tracers and1111 the fluid dynamics.1207 the equation of state provides a fundamental bridge between 1208 the distribution of active tracers and the fluid dynamics. 1112 1209 Nonlinearities of the EOS are of major importance, in particular influencing the circulation through 1113 1210 determination of the static stability below the mixed layer, 1114 thus controlling rates of exchange between the atmosphere and the ocean interior \citep{roquet.madec.ea_JPO15}. 1115 Therefore an accurate EOS based on either the 1980 equation of state (EOS-80, \cite{fofonoff.millard_bk83}) or 1116 TEOS-10 \citep{ioc.iapso_bk10} standards should be used anytime a simulation of the real ocean circulation is attempted 1211 thus controlling rates of exchange between the atmosphere and the ocean interior 1117 1212 \citep{roquet.madec.ea_JPO15}. 1213 Therefore an accurate EOS based on either the 1980 equation of state 1214 (EOS-80, \cite{fofonoff.millard_bk83}) or TEOS-10 \citep{ioc.iapso_bk10} standards should 1215 be used anytime a simulation of the real ocean circulation is attempted \citep{roquet.madec.ea_JPO15}. 1118 1216 The use of TEOS-10 is highly recommended because 1119 \textit{(i)} it is the new official EOS, 1120 \textit{(ii)} it is more accurate, being based on an updated database of laboratory measurements, and 1121 \textit{(iii)} it uses Conservative Temperature and Absolute Salinity (instead of potential temperature and 1122 practical salinity for EOS-80, both variables being more suitable for use as model variables 1123 \citep{ioc.iapso_bk10, graham.mcdougall_JPO13}. 1217 \begin{enumerate*}[label=(\textit{\roman*})] 1218 \item it is the new official EOS, 1219 \item it is more accurate, being based on an updated database of laboratory measurements, and 1220 \item it uses Conservative Temperature and Absolute Salinity 1221 (instead of potential temperature and practical salinity for EOS-80), 1222 both variables being more suitable for use as model variables 1223 \citep{ioc.iapso_bk10, graham.mcdougall_JPO13}. 1224 \end{enumerate*} 1124 1225 EOS-80 is an obsolescent feature of the \NEMO\ system, kept only for backward compatibility. 1125 1226 For process studies, it is often convenient to use an approximation of the EOS. 1126 1227 To that purposed, a simplified EOS (S-EOS) inspired by \citet{vallis_bk06} is also available. 1127 1228 1128 In the computer code, a density anomaly, $d_a = \rho / \rho_o - 1$, is computed, with $\rho_o$ a reference density. 1129 Called \textit{rau0} in the code, $\rho_o$ is set in \mdl{phycst} to a value of $1,026~Kg/m^3$. 1130 This is a sensible choice for the reference density used in a Boussinesq ocean climate model, as, 1131 with the exception of only a small percentage of the ocean, 1132 density in the World Ocean varies by no more than 2$\%$ from that value \citep{gill_bk82}. 1229 In the computer code, a density anomaly, $d_a = \rho / \rho_o - 1$, is computed, 1230 with $\rho_o$ a reference density. 1231 Called \textit{rau0} in the code, 1232 $\rho_o$ is set in \mdl{phycst} to a value of \texttt{1,026} $Kg/m^3$. 1233 This is a sensible choice for the reference density used in a Boussinesq ocean climate model, 1234 as, with the exception of only a small percentage of the ocean, 1235 density in the World Ocean varies by no more than 2\% from that value \citep{gill_bk82}. 1133 1236 1134 1237 Options which control the EOS used are defined through the \nam{eos}{eos} namelist variables. 1135 1238 1136 1239 \begin{description} 1137 \item [{\np[=.true.]{ln_teos10}{ln\_teos10}}] the polyTEOS10-bsq equation of seawater \citep{roquet.madec.ea_OM15} is used. 1240 \item [{\np[=.true.]{ln_teos10}{ln\_teos10}}] the polyTEOS10-bsq equation of seawater 1241 \citep{roquet.madec.ea_OM15} is used. 1138 1242 The accuracy of this approximation is comparable to the TEOS-10 rational function approximation, 1139 but it is optimized for a boussinesq fluid and the polynomial expressions have simpler and 1140 more computationally efficient expressions for their derived quantities which make them more adapted for 1141 use in ocean models. 1142 Note that a slightly higher precision polynomial form is now used replacement of 1143 the TEOS-10 rational function approximation for hydrographic data analysis \citep{ioc.iapso_bk10}. 1243 but it is optimized for a Boussinesq fluid and 1244 the polynomial expressions have simpler and more computationally efficient expressions for 1245 their derived quantities which make them more adapted for use in ocean models. 1246 Note that a slightly higher precision polynomial form is now used 1247 replacement of the TEOS-10 rational function approximation for hydrographic data analysis 1248 \citep{ioc.iapso_bk10}. 1144 1249 A key point is that conservative state variables are used: 1145 Absolute Salinity (unit: g/kg, notation: $S_A$) and Conservative Temperature (unit: \deg{C}, notation: $\Theta$). 1250 Absolute Salinity (unit: $g/kg$, notation: $S_A$) and 1251 Conservative Temperature (unit: $\deg{C}$, notation: $\Theta$). 1146 1252 The pressure in decibars is approximated by the depth in meters. 1147 1253 With TEOS10, the specific heat capacity of sea water, $C_p$, is a constant. 1148 It is set to $C_p = 3991.86795711963~J\,Kg^{-1}\,^{\circ}K^{-1}$, according to \citet{ioc.iapso_bk10}. 1254 It is set to $C_p$ = 3991.86795711963 $J.Kg^{-1}.\deg{K}^{-1}$, 1255 according to \citet{ioc.iapso_bk10}. 1149 1256 Choosing polyTEOS10-bsq implies that the state variables used by the model are $\Theta$ and $S_A$. 1150 In particular, the initial state de ined by the user have to be given as \textit{Conservative} Temperature and1151 \textit{ Absolute} Salinity.1257 In particular, the initial state defined by the user have to be given as 1258 \textit{Conservative} Temperature and \textit{Absolute} Salinity. 1152 1259 In addition, when using TEOS10, the Conservative SST is converted to potential SST prior to 1153 1260 either computing the air-sea and ice-sea fluxes (forced mode) or 1154 1261 sending the SST field to the atmosphere (coupled mode). 1155 1262 \item [{\np[=.true.]{ln_eos80}{ln\_eos80}}] the polyEOS80-bsq equation of seawater is used. 1156 It takes the same polynomial form as the polyTEOS10, but the coefficients have been optimized to1157 accurately fit EOS80 (Roquet, personal comm.).1263 It takes the same polynomial form as the polyTEOS10, 1264 but the coefficients have been optimized to accurately fit EOS80 (Roquet, personal comm.). 1158 1265 The state variables used in both the EOS80 and the ocean model are: 1159 the Practical Salinity ( (unit: psu, notation: $S_p$)) and1160 Potential Temperature (unit: $ ^{\circ}C$, notation: $\theta$).1266 the Practical Salinity (unit: $psu$, notation: $S_p$) and 1267 Potential Temperature (unit: $\deg{C}$, notation: $\theta$). 1161 1268 The pressure in decibars is approximated by the depth in meters. 1162 With thsi EOS, the specific heat capacity of sea water, $C_p$, is a function of temperature, salinity and1163 pressure \citep{fofonoff.millard_bk83}.1269 With EOS, the specific heat capacity of sea water, $C_p$, is a function of 1270 temperature, salinity and pressure \citep{fofonoff.millard_bk83}. 1164 1271 Nevertheless, a severe assumption is made in order to have a heat content ($C_p T_p$) which 1165 1272 is conserved by the model: $C_p$ is set to a constant value, the TEOS10 value. 1166 \item [{\np[=.true.]{ln_seos}{ln\_seos}}] a simplified EOS (S-EOS) inspired by \citet{vallis_bk06} is chosen, 1167 the coefficients of which has been optimized to fit the behavior of TEOS10 1168 (Roquet, personal comm.) (see also \citet{roquet.madec.ea_JPO15}). 1273 \item [{\np[=.true.]{ln_seos}{ln\_seos}}] a simplified EOS (S-EOS) inspired by 1274 \citet{vallis_bk06} is chosen, 1275 the coefficients of which has been optimized to fit the behavior of TEOS10 (Roquet, personal comm.) 1276 (see also \citet{roquet.madec.ea_JPO15}). 1169 1277 It provides a simplistic linear representation of both cabbeling and thermobaricity effects which 1170 1278 is enough for a proper treatment of the EOS in theoretical studies \citep{roquet.madec.ea_JPO15}. 1171 With such an equation of state there is no longer a distinction between 1172 \textit{ conservative} and \textit{potential} temperature,1173 as well as between \textit{absolute} and\textit{practical} salinity.1279 With such an equation of state there is no longer a distinction between \textit{conservative} and 1280 \textit{potential} temperature, as well as between \textit{absolute} and 1281 \textit{practical} salinity. 1174 1282 S-EOS takes the following expression: 1175 1176 1283 \begin{gather*} 1177 1284 % \label{eq:TRA_S-EOS} 1178 \begin{alignedat}{2} 1179 &d_a(T,S,z) = \frac{1}{\rho_o} \big[ &- a_0 \; ( 1 + 0.5 \; \lambda_1 \; T_a + \mu_1 \; z ) * &T_a \big. \\ 1180 & &+ b_0 \; ( 1 - 0.5 \; \lambda_2 \; S_a - \mu_2 \; z ) * &S_a \\ 1181 & \big. &- \nu \; T_a &S_a \big] \\ 1182 \end{alignedat} 1183 \\ 1285 d_a(T,S,z) = \frac{1}{\rho_o} \big[ - a_0 \; ( 1 + 0.5 \; \lambda_1 \; T_a + \mu_1 \; z ) * T_a \big. 1286 + b_0 \; ( 1 - 0.5 \; \lambda_2 \; S_a - \mu_2 \; z ) * S_a 1287 \big. - \nu \; T_a S_a \big] \\ 1184 1288 \text{with~} T_a = T - 10 \, ; \, S_a = S - 35 \, ; \, \rho_o = 1026~Kg/m^3 1185 1289 \end{gather*} 1186 where the computer name of the coefficients as well as their standard value are given in \autoref{tab:TRA_SEOS}. 1290 where the computer name of the coefficients as well as their standard value are given in 1291 \autoref{tab:TRA_SEOS}. 1187 1292 In fact, when choosing S-EOS, various approximation of EOS can be specified simply by 1188 1293 changing the associated coefficients. 1189 Setting to zero the two thermobaric coefficients $(\mu_1,\mu_2)$ remove thermobaric effect from S-EOS. 1190 setting to zero the three cabbeling coefficients $(\lambda_1,\lambda_2,\nu)$ remove cabbeling effect from 1191 S-EOS. 1294 Setting to zero the two thermobaric coefficients $(\mu_1,\mu_2)$ 1295 remove thermobaric effect from S-EOS. 1296 Setting to zero the three cabbeling coefficients $(\lambda_1,\lambda_2,\nu)$ 1297 remove cabbeling effect from S-EOS. 1192 1298 Keeping non-zero value to $a_0$ and $b_0$ provide a linear EOS function of T and S. 1193 1299 \end{description} 1194 1300 1195 \begin{table} [!tb]1301 \begin{table} 1196 1302 \centering 1197 1303 \begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|l|} 1198 1304 \hline 1199 coeff. & computer name & S-EOS & description\\1305 coeff. & computer name & S-EOS & description \\ 1200 1306 \hline 1201 $a_0 $ & \np{rn_a0}{rn\_a0}& $1.6550~10^{-1}$ & linear thermal expansion coeff. \\1307 $a_0 $ & \np{rn_a0}{rn\_a0} & $1.6550~10^{-1}$ & linear thermal expansion coeff. \\ 1202 1308 \hline 1203 $b_0 $ & \np{rn_b0}{rn\_b0}& $7.6554~10^{-1}$ & linear haline expansion coeff. \\1309 $b_0 $ & \np{rn_b0}{rn\_b0} & $7.6554~10^{-1}$ & linear haline expansion coeff. \\ 1204 1310 \hline 1205 $\lambda_1$ & \np{rn_lambda1}{rn\_lambda1}& $5.9520~10^{-2}$ & cabbeling coeff. in $T^2$\\1311 $\lambda_1$ & \np{rn_lambda1}{rn\_lambda1} & $5.9520~10^{-2}$ & cabbeling coeff. in $T^2$ \\ 1206 1312 \hline 1207 $\lambda_2$ & \np{rn_lambda2}{rn\_lambda2}& $5.4914~10^{-4}$ & cabbeling coeff. in $S^2$\\1313 $\lambda_2$ & \np{rn_lambda2}{rn\_lambda2} & $5.4914~10^{-4}$ & cabbeling coeff. in $S^2$ \\ 1208 1314 \hline 1209 $\nu $ & \np{rn_nu}{rn\_nu} & $2.4341~10^{-3}$ & cabbeling coeff. in $T \, S$\\1315 $\nu $ & \np{rn_nu}{rn\_nu} & $2.4341~10^{-3}$ & cabbeling coeff. in $T \, S$ \\ 1210 1316 \hline 1211 $\mu_1 $ & \np{rn_mu1}{rn\_mu1} & $1.4970~10^{-4}$ & thermobaric coeff. in T\\1317 $\mu_1 $ & \np{rn_mu1}{rn\_mu1} & $1.4970~10^{-4}$ & thermobaric coeff. in T \\ 1212 1318 \hline 1213 $\mu_2 $ & \np{rn_mu2}{rn\_mu2} & $1.1090~10^{-5}$ & thermobaric coeff. in S\\1319 $\mu_2 $ & \np{rn_mu2}{rn\_mu2} & $1.1090~10^{-5}$ & thermobaric coeff. in S \\ 1214 1320 \hline 1215 1321 \end{tabular} … … 1222 1328 \label{subsec:TRA_bn2} 1223 1329 1224 An accurate computation of the ocean stability (i.e. of $N$, the brunt-V\"{a}is\"{a}l\"{a} frequency) is of1225 paramount importance as determine the ocean stratification andis used in several ocean parameterisations1330 An accurate computation of the ocean stability (i.e. of $N$, the Brunt-V\"{a}is\"{a}l\"{a} frequency) is of paramount importance as determine the ocean stratification and 1331 is used in several ocean parameterisations 1226 1332 (namely TKE, GLS, Richardson number dependent vertical diffusion, enhanced vertical diffusion, 1227 1333 non-penetrative convection, tidal mixing parameterisation, iso-neutral diffusion). … … 1235 1341 where $(T,S) = (\Theta,S_A)$ for TEOS10, $(\theta,S_p)$ for TEOS-80, or $(T,S)$ for S-EOS, and, 1236 1342 $\alpha$ and $\beta$ are the thermal and haline expansion coefficients. 1237 The coefficients are a polynomial function of temperature, salinity and depth which expression depends on1238 the chosen EOS.1343 The coefficients are a polynomial function of temperature, salinity and depth which 1344 expression depends on the chosen EOS. 1239 1345 They are computed through \textit{eos\_rab}, a \fortran\ function that can be found in \mdl{eosbn2}. 1240 1346 … … 1246 1352 \begin{equation} 1247 1353 \label{eq:TRA_eos_fzp} 1248 \begin{split} 1249 &T_f (S,p) = \lt( a + b \, \sqrt{S} + c \, S \rt) \, S + d \, p \\ 1250 &\text{where~} a = -0.0575, \, b = 1.710523~10^{-3}, \, c = -2.154996~10^{-4} \\ 1251 &\text{and~} d = -7.53~10^{-3} 1252 \end{split} 1354 \begin{gathered} 1355 T_f (S,p) = \lt( a + b \, \sqrt{S} + c \, S \rt) \, S + d \, p \\ 1356 \text{where~} a = -0.0575, \, b = 1.710523~10^{-3}, \, c = -2.154996~10^{-4} \text{and~} d = -7.53~10^{-3} 1357 \end{gathered} 1253 1358 \end{equation} 1254 1359 … … 1269 1374 \label{sec:TRA_zpshde} 1270 1375 1271 \ gmcomment{STEVEN: to be consistent with earlier discussion of differencing and averaging operators,1376 \cmtgm{STEVEN: to be consistent with earlier discussion of differencing and averaging operators, 1272 1377 I've changed "derivative" to "difference" and "mean" to "average"} 1273 1378 1274 With partial cells (\np[=.true.]{ln_zps}{ln\_zps}) at bottom and top (\np[=.true.]{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav}), 1379 With partial cells (\np[=.true.]{ln_zps}{ln\_zps}) at bottom and top 1380 (\np[=.true.]{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav}), 1275 1381 in general, tracers in horizontally adjacent cells live at different depths. 1276 Horizontal gradients of tracers are needed for horizontal diffusion (\mdl{traldf} module) and1277 the hydrostatic pressure gradient calculations (\mdl{dynhpg} module).1278 The partial cell properties at the top (\np[=.true.]{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav}) are computed in the same way as1279 for the bottom.1382 Horizontal gradients of tracers are needed for horizontal diffusion 1383 (\mdl{traldf} module) and the hydrostatic pressure gradient calculations (\mdl{dynhpg} module). 1384 The partial cell properties at the top (\np[=.true.]{ln_isfcav}{ln\_isfcav}) are computed in 1385 the same way as for the bottom. 1280 1386 So, only the bottom interpolation is explained below. 1281 1387 … … 1283 1389 a linear interpolation in the vertical is used to approximate the deeper tracer as if 1284 1390 it actually lived at the depth of the shallower tracer point (\autoref{fig:TRA_Partial_step_scheme}). 1285 For example, for temperature in the $i$-direction the needed interpolated temperature, $\widetilde T$, is: 1286 1287 \begin{figure}[!p] 1391 For example, for temperature in the $i$-direction the needed interpolated temperature, 1392 $\widetilde T$, is: 1393 1394 \begin{figure} 1288 1395 \centering 1289 \includegraphics[width=0. 66\textwidth]{Fig_partial_step_scheme}1396 \includegraphics[width=0.33\textwidth]{TRA_partial_step_scheme} 1290 1397 \caption[Discretisation of the horizontal difference and average of tracers in 1291 1398 the $z$-partial step coordinate]{ … … 1294 1401 the case $(e3w_k^{i + 1} - e3w_k^i) > 0$. 1295 1402 A linear interpolation is used to estimate $\widetilde T_k^{i + 1}$, 1296 the tracer value at the depth of the shallower tracer point of 1297 the two adjacent bottom $T$-points. 1403 the tracer value at the depth of the shallower tracer point of the two adjacent bottom $T$-points. 1298 1404 The horizontal difference is then given by: 1299 $\delta_{i + 1/2} T_k = \widetilde T_k^{\, i + 1} -T_k^{\, i}$ and 1300 the average by: 1405 $\delta_{i + 1/2} T_k = \widetilde T_k^{\, i + 1} -T_k^{\, i}$ and the average by: 1301 1406 $\overline T_k^{\, i + 1/2} = (\widetilde T_k^{\, i + 1/2} - T_k^{\, i}) / 2$.} 1302 1407 \label{fig:TRA_Partial_step_scheme} 1303 1408 \end{figure} 1409 1304 1410 \[ 1305 1411 \widetilde T = \lt\{ 1306 1412 \begin{alignedat}{2} 1307 1413 &T^{\, i + 1} &-\frac{ \lt( e_{3w}^{i + 1} -e_{3w}^i \rt) }{ e_{3w}^{i + 1} } \; \delta_k T^{i + 1} 1308 & \quad \text{if $e_{3w}^{i + 1} \geq e_{3w}^i$} \\ \\1414 & \quad \text{if $e_{3w}^{i + 1} \geq e_{3w}^i$} \\ 1309 1415 &T^{\, i} &+\frac{ \lt( e_{3w}^{i + 1} -e_{3w}^i \rt )}{e_{3w}^i } \; \delta_k T^{i + 1} 1310 1416 & \quad \text{if $e_{3w}^{i + 1} < e_{3w}^i$} … … 1312 1418 \rt. 1313 1419 \] 1314 and the resulting forms for the horizontal difference and the horizontal average value of $T$ at a $U$-point are: 1420 and the resulting forms for the horizontal difference and the horizontal average value of 1421 $T$ at a $U$-point are: 1315 1422 \begin{equation} 1316 1423 \label{eq:TRA_zps_hde} … … 1318 1425 \delta_{i + 1/2} T &= 1319 1426 \begin{cases} 1320 \widetilde T - T^i & \text{if~} e_{3w}^{i + 1} \geq e_{3w}^i \\ 1321 \\ 1322 T^{\, i + 1} - \widetilde T & \text{if~} e_{3w}^{i + 1} < e_{3w}^i 1323 \end{cases} 1324 \\ 1427 \widetilde T - T^i & \text{if~} e_{3w}^{i + 1} \geq e_{3w}^i \\ 1428 T^{\, i + 1} - \widetilde T & \text{if~} e_{3w}^{i + 1} < e_{3w}^i 1429 \end{cases} \\ 1325 1430 \overline T^{\, i + 1/2} &= 1326 1431 \begin{cases} 1327 (\widetilde T - T^{\, i} ) / 2 & \text{if~} e_{3w}^{i + 1} \geq e_{3w}^i \\ 1328 \\ 1329 (T^{\, i + 1} - \widetilde T) / 2 & \text{if~} e_{3w}^{i + 1} < e_{3w}^i 1432 (\widetilde T - T^{\, i} ) / 2 & \text{if~} e_{3w}^{i + 1} \geq e_{3w}^i \\ 1433 (T^{\, i + 1} - \widetilde T) / 2 & \text{if~} e_{3w}^{i + 1} < e_{3w}^i 1330 1434 \end{cases} 1331 1435 \end{split} … … 1334 1438 The computation of horizontal derivative of tracers as well as of density is performed once for all at 1335 1439 each time step in \mdl{zpshde} module and stored in shared arrays to be used when needed. 1336 It has to be emphasized that the procedure used to compute the interpolated density, $\widetilde \rho$, 1337 is not the same as that used for $T$ and $S$. 1338 Instead of forming a linear approximation of density, we compute $\widetilde \rho$ from the interpolated values of 1339 $T$ and $S$, and the pressure at a $u$-point 1440 It has to be emphasized that the procedure used to compute the interpolated density, 1441 $\widetilde \rho$, is not the same as that used for $T$ and $S$. 1442 Instead of forming a linear approximation of density, 1443 we compute $\widetilde \rho$ from the interpolated values of $T$ and $S$, 1444 and the pressure at a $u$-point 1340 1445 (in the equation of state pressure is approximated by depth, see \autoref{subsec:TRA_eos}): 1341 1446 \[ … … 1345 1450 1346 1451 This is a much better approximation as the variation of $\rho$ with depth (and thus pressure) 1347 is highly non-linear with a true equation of state and thus is badly approximated with a linear interpolation. 1348 This approximation is used to compute both the horizontal pressure gradient (\autoref{sec:DYN_hpg}) and 1349 the slopes of neutral surfaces (\autoref{sec:LDF_slp}). 1350 1351 Note that in almost all the advection schemes presented in this Chapter, 1452 is highly non-linear with a true equation of state and thus is badly approximated with 1453 a linear interpolation. 1454 This approximation is used to compute both the horizontal pressure gradient (\autoref{sec:DYN_hpg}) 1455 and the slopes of neutral surfaces (\autoref{sec:LDF_slp}). 1456 1457 Note that in almost all the advection schemes presented in this chapter, 1352 1458 both averaging and differencing operators appear. 1353 1459 Yet \autoref{eq:TRA_zps_hde} has not been used in these schemes: … … 1356 1462 The main motivation is to preserve the domain averaged mean variance of the advected field when 1357 1463 using the $2^{nd}$ order centred scheme. 1358 Sensitivity of the advection schemes to the way horizontal averages are performed in the vicinity of1359 partial cells should be further investigated in the near future.1360 \ gmcomment{gm : this last remark has to be done}1361 1362 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}1464 Sensitivity of the advection schemes to the way horizontal averages are performed in 1465 the vicinity of partial cells should be further investigated in the near future. 1466 \cmtgm{gm : this last remark has to be done} 1467 1468 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 1363 1469 1364 1470 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_ZDF.tex
r11599 r11954 28 28 \clearpage 29 29 30 %gm% Add here a small introduction to ZDF and naming of the different physics (similar to what have been written for TRA and DYN. 30 \cmtgm{ Add here a small introduction to ZDF and naming of the different physics 31 (similar to what have been written for TRA and DYN).} 31 32 32 33 %% ================================================================================================= … … 248 249 \begin{figure}[!t] 249 250 \centering 250 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_mixing_length}251 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ZDF_mixing_length} 251 252 \caption[Mixing length computation]{Illustration of the mixing length computation} 252 253 \label{fig:ZDF_mixing_length} … … 533 534 in \citet{reffray.guillaume.ea_GMD15} for the \NEMO\ model. 534 535 535 %% ================================================================================================= 536 \subsection[OSM: OSMosis boundary layer scheme (\forcode{ln_zdfosm})]{OSM: OSMosis boundary layer scheme (\protect\np{ln_zdfosm}{ln\_zdfosm})} 536 % ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 537 % OSM OSMOSIS BL Scheme 538 % ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 539 \subsection[OSM: OSMOSIS boundary layer scheme (\forcode{ln_zdfosm = .true.})] 540 {OSM: OSMOSIS boundary layer scheme (\protect\np{ln_zdfosm}{ln\_zdfosm})} 537 541 \label{subsec:ZDF_osm} 538 542 … … 543 547 \end{listing} 544 548 545 The OSMOSIS turbulent closure scheme is based on...... TBC 549 %-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 550 \paragraph{Namelist choices} 551 Most of the namelist options refer to how to specify the Stokes 552 surface drift and penetration depth. There are three options: 553 \begin{description} 554 \item \protect\np[=0]{nn_osm_wave}{nn\_osm\_wave} Default value in \texttt{namelist\_ref}. In this case the Stokes drift is 555 assumed to be parallel to the surface wind stress, with 556 magnitude consistent with a constant turbulent Langmuir number 557 $\mathrm{La}_t=$ \protect\np{rn_m_la} {rn\_m\_la} i.e.\ 558 $u_{s0}=\tau/(\mathrm{La}_t^2\rho_0)$. Default value of 559 \protect\np{rn_m_la}{rn\_m\_la} is 0.3. The Stokes penetration 560 depth $\delta = $ \protect\np{rn_osm_dstokes}{rn\_osm\_dstokes}; this has default value 561 of 5~m. 562 563 \item \protect\np[=1]{nn_osm_wave}{nn\_osm\_wave} In this case the Stokes drift is 564 assumed to be parallel to the surface wind stress, with 565 magnitude as in the classical Pierson-Moskowitz wind-sea 566 spectrum. Significant wave height and 567 wave-mean period taken from this spectrum are used to calculate the Stokes penetration 568 depth, following the approach set out in \citet{breivik.janssen.ea_JPO14}. 569 570 \item \protect\np[=2]{nn_osm_wave}{nn\_osm\_wave} In this case the Stokes drift is 571 taken from ECMWF wave model output, though only the component parallel 572 to the wind stress is retained. Significant wave height and 573 wave-mean period from ECMWF wave model output are used to calculate the Stokes penetration 574 depth, again following \citet{breivik.janssen.ea_JPO14}. 575 576 \end{description} 577 578 Others refer to the treatment of diffusion and viscosity beneath 579 the surface boundary layer: 580 \begin{description} 581 \item \protect\np{ln_kpprimix} {ln\_kpprimix} Default is \np{.true.}. Switches on KPP-style Ri \#-dependent 582 mixing below the surface boundary layer. If this is set 583 \texttt{.true.} the following variable settings are honoured: 584 \item \protect\np{rn_riinfty}{rn\_riinfty} Critical value of local Ri \# below which 585 shear instability increases vertical mixing from background value. 586 \item \protect\np{rn_difri} {rn\_difri} Maximum value of Ri \#-dependent mixing at $\mathrm{Ri}=0$. 587 \item \protect\np{ln_convmix}{ln\_convmix} If \texttt{.true.} then, where water column is unstable, specify 588 diffusivity equal to \protect\np{rn_dif_conv}{rn\_dif\_conv} (default value is 1 m~s$^{-2}$). 589 \end{description} 590 Diagnostic output is controlled by: 591 \begin{description} 592 \item \protect\np{ln_dia_osm}{ln\_dia\_osm} Default is \np{.false.}; allows XIOS output of OSMOSIS internal fields. 593 \end{description} 594 Obsolete namelist parameters include: 595 \begin{description} 596 \item \protect\np{ln_use_osm_la}\np{ln\_use\_osm\_la} With \protect\np[=0]{nn_osm_wave}{nn\_osm\_wave}, 597 \protect\np{rn_osm_dstokes} {rn\_osm\_dstokes} is always used to specify the Stokes 598 penetration depth. 599 \item \protect\np{nn_ave} {nn\_ave} Choice of averaging method for KPP-style Ri \# 600 mixing. Not taken account of. 601 \item \protect\np{rn_osm_hbl0} {rn\_osm\_hbl0} Depth of initial boundary layer is now set 602 by a density criterion similar to that used in calculating \emph{hmlp} (output as \texttt{mldr10\_1}) in \mdl{zdfmxl}. 603 \end{description} 604 605 \subsubsection{Summary} 606 Much of the time the turbulent motions in the ocean surface boundary 607 layer (OSBL) are not given by 608 classical shear turbulence. Instead they are in a regime known as 609 `Langmuir turbulence', dominated by an 610 interaction between the currents and the Stokes drift of the surface waves \citep[e.g.][]{mcwilliams.ea_JFM97}. 611 This regime is characterised by strong vertical turbulent motion, and appears when the surface Stokes drift $u_{s0}$ is much greater than the friction velocity $u_{\ast}$. More specifically Langmuir turbulence is thought to be crucial where the turbulent Langmuir number $\mathrm{La}_{t}=(u_{\ast}/u_{s0}) > 0.4$. 612 613 The OSMOSIS model is fundamentally based on results of Large Eddy 614 Simulations (LES) of Langmuir turbulence and aims to fully describe 615 this Langmuir regime. The description in this section is of necessity incomplete and further details are available in Grant. A (2019); in prep. 616 617 The OSMOSIS turbulent closure scheme is a similarity-scale scheme in 618 the same spirit as the K-profile 619 parameterization (KPP) scheme of \citet{large.ea_RG97}. 620 A specified shape of diffusivity, scaled by the (OSBL) depth 621 $h_{\mathrm{BL}}$ and a turbulent velocity scale, is imposed throughout the 622 boundary layer 623 $-h_{\mathrm{BL}}<z<\eta$. The turbulent closure model 624 also includes fluxes of tracers and momentum that are``non-local'' (independent of the local property gradient). 625 626 Rather than the OSBL 627 depth being diagnosed in terms of a bulk Richardson number criterion, 628 as in KPP, it is set by a prognostic equation that is informed by 629 energy budget considerations reminiscent of the classical mixed layer 630 models of \citet{kraus.turner_tellus67}. 631 The model also includes an explicit parametrization of the structure 632 of the pycnocline (the stratified region at the bottom of the OSBL). 633 634 Presently, mixing below the OSBL is handled by the Richardson 635 number-dependent mixing scheme used in \citet{large.ea_RG97}. 636 637 Convective parameterizations such as described in \ref{sec:ZDF_conv} 638 below should not be used with the OSMOSIS-OBL model: instabilities 639 within the OSBL are part of the model, while instabilities below the 640 ML are handled by the Ri \# dependent scheme. 641 642 \subsubsection{Depth and velocity scales} 643 The model supposes a boundary layer of thickness $h_{\mathrm{bl}}$ enclosing a well-mixed layer of thickness $h_{\mathrm{ml}}$ and a relatively thin pycnocline at the base of thickness $\Delta h$; Fig.~\ref{fig: OSBL_structure} shows typical (a) buoyancy structure and (b) turbulent buoyancy flux profile for the unstable boundary layer (losing buoyancy at the surface; e.g.\ cooling). 644 \begin{figure}[!t] 645 \begin{center} 646 %\includegraphics[width=0.7\textwidth]{ZDF_OSM_structure_of_OSBL} 647 \caption{ 648 \protect\label{fig: OSBL_structure} 649 The structure of the entraining boundary layer. (a) Mean buoyancy profile. (b) Profile of the buoyancy flux. 650 } 651 \end{center} 652 \end{figure} 653 The pycnocline in the OSMOSIS scheme is assumed to have a finite thickness, and may include a number of model levels. This means that the OSMOSIS scheme must parametrize both the thickness of the pycnocline, and the turbulent fluxes within the pycnocline. 654 655 Consideration of the power input by wind acting on the Stokes drift suggests that the Langmuir turbulence has velocity scale: 656 \begin{equation}\label{eq:w_La} 657 w_{*L}= \left(u_*^2 u_{s\,0}\right)^{1/3}; 658 \end{equation} 659 but at times the Stokes drift may be weak due to e.g.\ ice cover, short fetch, misalignment with the surface stress, etc.\ so a composite velocity scale is assumed for the stable (warming) boundary layer: 660 \begin{equation}\label{eq:composite-nu} 661 \nu_{\ast}= \left\{ u_*^3 \left[1-\exp(-.5 \mathrm{La}_t^2)\right]+w_{*L}^3\right\}^{1/3}. 662 \end{equation} 663 For the unstable boundary layer this is merged with the standard convective velocity scale $w_{*C}=\left(\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}_0 \,h_\mathrm{ml}\right)^{1/3}$, where $\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}_0$ is the upwards surface buoyancy flux, to give: 664 \begin{equation}\label{eq:vel-scale-unstable} 665 \omega_* = \left(\nu_*^3 + 0.5 w_{*C}^3\right)^{1/3}. 666 \end{equation} 667 668 \subsubsection{The flux gradient model} 669 The flux-gradient relationships used in the OSMOSIS scheme take the form: 670 % 671 \begin{equation}\label{eq:flux-grad-gen} 672 \overline{w^\prime\chi^\prime}=-K\frac{\partial\overline{\chi}}{\partial z} + N_{\chi,s} +N_{\chi,b} +N_{\chi,t}, 673 \end{equation} 674 % 675 where $\chi$ is a general variable and $N_{\chi,s}, N_{\chi,b} \mathrm{and} N_{\chi,t}$ are the non-gradient terms, and represent the effects of the different terms in the turbulent flux-budget on the transport of $\chi$. $N_{\chi,s}$ represents the effects that the Stokes shear has on the transport of $\chi$, $N_{\chi,b}$ the effect of buoyancy, and $N_{\chi,t}$ the effect of the turbulent transport. The same general form for the flux-gradient relationship is used to parametrize the transports of momentum, heat and salinity. 676 677 In terms of the non-dimensionalized depth variables 678 % 679 \begin{equation}\label{eq:sigma} 680 \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}= -z/h_{\mathrm{ml}}; \;\sigma_{\mathrm{bl}}= -z/h_{\mathrm{bl}}, 681 \end{equation} 682 % 683 in unstable conditions the eddy diffusivity ($K_d$) and eddy viscosity ($K_\nu$) profiles are parametrized as: 684 % 685 \begin{align}\label{eq:diff-unstable} 686 K_d=&0.8\, \omega_*\, h_{\mathrm{ml}} \, \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}} \left(1-\beta_d \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}\right)^{3/2} 687 \\\label{eq:visc-unstable} 688 K_\nu =& 0.3\, \omega_* \,h_{\mathrm{ml}}\, \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}} \left(1-\beta_\nu \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}\right)\left(1-\tfrac{1}{2}\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}^2\right) 689 \end{align} 690 % 691 where $\beta_d$ and $\beta_\nu$ are parameters that are determined by matching Eqs \ref{eq:diff-unstable} and \ref{eq:visc-unstable} to the eddy diffusivity and viscosity at the base of the well-mixed layer, given by 692 % 693 \begin{equation}\label{eq:diff-wml-base} 694 K_{d,\mathrm{ml}}=K_{\nu,\mathrm{ml}}=\,0.16\,\omega_* \Delta h. 695 \end{equation} 696 % 697 For stable conditions the eddy diffusivity/viscosity profiles are given by: 698 % 699 \begin{align}\label{diff-stable} 700 K_d= & 0.75\,\, \nu_*\, h_{\mathrm{ml}}\,\, \exp\left[-2.8 \left(h_{\mathrm{bl}}/L_L\right)^2\right]\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}} \left(1-\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}\right)^{3/2} \\\label{eq:visc-stable} 701 K_\nu = & 0.375\,\, \nu_*\, h_{\mathrm{ml}} \,\, \exp\left[-2.8 \left(h_{\mathrm{bl}}/L_L\right)^2\right] \sigma_{\mathrm{ml}} \left(1-\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}\right)\left(1-\tfrac{1}{2}\sigma_{\mathrm{ml}}^2\right). 702 \end{align} 703 % 704 The shape of the eddy viscosity and diffusivity profiles is the same as the shape in the unstable OSBL. The eddy diffusivity/viscosity depends on the stability parameter $h_{\mathrm{bl}}/{L_L}$ where $ L_L$ is analogous to the Obukhov length, but for Langmuir turbulence: 705 \begin{equation}\label{eq:L_L} 706 L_L=-w_{*L}^3/\left<\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}\right>_L, 707 \end{equation} 708 with the mean turbulent buoyancy flux averaged over the boundary layer given in terms of its surface value $\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}_0$ and (downwards) )solar irradiance $I(z)$ by 709 \begin{equation} \label{eq:stable-av-buoy-flux} 710 \left<\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}\right>_L = \tfrac{1}{2} {\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}}_0-g\alpha_E\left[\tfrac{1}{2}(I(0)+I(-h))-\left<I\right>\right]. 711 \end{equation} 712 % 713 In unstable conditions the eddy diffusivity and viscosity depend on stability through the velocity scale $\omega_*$, which depends on the two velocity scales $\nu_*$ and $w_{*C}$. 714 715 Details of the non-gradient terms in \eqref{eq:flux-grad-gen} and of the fluxes within the pycnocline $-h_{\mathrm{bl}}<z<h_{\mathrm{ml}}$ can be found in Grant (2019). 716 717 \subsubsection{Evolution of the boundary layer depth} 718 719 The prognostic equation for the depth of the neutral/unstable boundary layer is given by \citep{grant+etal18}, 720 721 \begin{equation} \label{eq:dhdt-unstable} 722 %\frac{\partial h_\mathrm{bl}}{\partial t} + \mathbf{U}_b\cdot\nabla h_\mathrm{bl}= W_b - \frac{{\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}}_\mathrm{ent}}{\Delta B_\mathrm{bl}} 723 \frac{\partial h_\mathrm{bl}}{\partial t} = W_b - \frac{{\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}}_\mathrm{ent}}{\Delta B_\mathrm{bl}} 724 \end{equation} 725 where $h_\mathrm{bl}$ is the horizontally-varying depth of the OSBL, 726 $\mathbf{U}_b$ and $W_b$ are the mean horizontal and vertical 727 velocities at the base of the OSBL, ${\overline{w^\prime 728 b^\prime}}_\mathrm{ent}$ is the buoyancy flux due to entrainment 729 and $\Delta B_\mathrm{bl}$ is the difference between the buoyancy 730 averaged over the depth of the OSBL (i.e.\ including the ML and 731 pycnocline) and the buoyancy just below the base of the OSBL. This 732 equation for the case when the pycnocline has a finite thickness, 733 based on the potential energy budget of the OSBL, is the leading term 734 \citep{grant+etal18} of a generalization of that used in mixed-layer 735 models e.g.\ \citet{kraus.turner_tellus67}, in which the thickness of the pycnocline is taken to be zero. 736 737 The entrainment flux for the combination of convective and Langmuir turbulence is given by 738 \begin{equation} \label{eq:entrain-flux} 739 {\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}}_\mathrm{ent} = -\alpha_{\mathrm{B}} {\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}}_0 - \alpha_{\mathrm{S}} \frac{u_*^3}{h_{\mathrm{ml}}} 740 + G\left(\delta/h_{\mathrm{ml}} \right)\left[\alpha_{\mathrm{S}}e^{-1.5\, \mathrm{La}_t}-\alpha_{\mathrm{L}} \frac{w_{\mathrm{*L}}^3}{h_{\mathrm{ml}}}\right] 741 \end{equation} 742 where the factor $G\equiv 1 - \mathrm{e}^ {-25\delta/h_{\mathrm{bl}}}(1-4\delta/h_{\mathrm{bl}})$ models the lesser efficiency of Langmuir mixing when the boundary-layer depth is much greater than the Stokes depth, and $\alpha_{\mathrm{B}}$, $\alpha_{S}$ and $\alpha_{\mathrm{L}}$ depend on the ratio of the appropriate eddy turnover time to the inertial timescale $f^{-1}$. Results from the LES suggest $\alpha_{\mathrm{B}}=0.18 F(fh_{\mathrm{bl}}/w_{*C})$, $\alpha_{S}=0.15 F(fh_{\mathrm{bl}}/u_*$ and $\alpha_{\mathrm{L}}=0.035 F(fh_{\mathrm{bl}}/u_{*L})$, where $F(x)\equiv\tanh(x^{-1})^{0.69}$. 743 744 For the stable boundary layer, the equation for the depth of the OSBL is: 745 746 \begin{equation}\label{eq:dhdt-stable} 747 \max\left(\Delta B_{bl},\frac{w_{*L}^2}{h_\mathrm{bl}}\right)\frac{\partial h_\mathrm{bl}}{\partial t} = \left(0.06 + 0.52\,\frac{ h_\mathrm{bl}}{L_L}\right) \frac{w_{*L}^3}{h_\mathrm{bl}} +\left<\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}\right>_L. 748 \end{equation} 749 750 Equation. \ref{eq:dhdt-unstable} always leads to the depth of the entraining OSBL increasing (ignoring the effect of the mean vertical motion), but the change in the thickness of the stable OSBL given by Eq. \ref{eq:dhdt-stable} can be positive or negative, depending on the magnitudes of $\left<\overline{w^\prime b^\prime}\right>_L$ and $h_\mathrm{bl}/L_L$. The rate at which the depth of the OSBL can decrease is limited by choosing an effective buoyancy $w_{*L}^2/h_\mathrm{bl}$, in place of $\Delta B_{bl}$ which will be $\approx 0$ for the collapsing OSBL. 751 546 752 547 753 %% ================================================================================================= … … 551 757 \begin{figure}[!t] 552 758 \centering 553 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_ZDF_TKE_time_scheme}759 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ZDF_TKE_time_scheme} 554 760 \caption[Subgrid kinetic energy integration in GLS and TKE schemes]{ 555 761 Illustration of the subgrid kinetic energy integration in GLS and TKE schemes and … … 663 869 \begin{figure}[!htb] 664 870 \centering 665 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_npc}871 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ZDF_npc} 666 872 \caption[Unstable density profile treated by the non penetrative convective adjustment algorithm]{ 667 873 Example of an unstable density profile treated by … … 808 1014 \begin{figure}[!t] 809 1015 \centering 810 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_zdfddm}1016 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ZDF_ddm} 811 1017 \caption[Diapycnal diffusivities for temperature and salt in regions of salt fingering and 812 1018 diffusive convection]{ … … 1286 1492 \begin{figure}[!t] 1287 1493 \centering 1288 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_ZDF_zad_Aimp_coeff}1494 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ZDF_zad_Aimp_coeff} 1289 1495 \caption[Partitioning coefficient used to partition vertical velocities into parts]{ 1290 1496 The value of the partitioning coefficient (\cf) used to partition vertical velocities into … … 1326 1532 \begin{figure}[!t] 1327 1533 \centering 1328 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_ZDF_zad_Aimp_overflow_frames}1534 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ZDF_zad_Aimp_overflow_frames} 1329 1535 \caption[OVERFLOW: time-series of temperature vertical cross-sections]{ 1330 1536 A time-series of temperature vertical cross-sections for the OVERFLOW test case. … … 1406 1612 \begin{figure}[!t] 1407 1613 \centering 1408 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_ZDF_zad_Aimp_overflow_all_rdt}1614 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ZDF_zad_Aimp_overflow_all_rdt} 1409 1615 \caption[OVERFLOW: sample temperature vertical cross-sections from mid- and end-run]{ 1410 1616 Sample temperature vertical cross-sections from mid- and end-run using … … 1419 1625 \begin{figure}[!t] 1420 1626 \centering 1421 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_ZDF_zad_Aimp_maxCf}1627 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ZDF_zad_Aimp_maxCf} 1422 1628 \caption[OVERFLOW: maximum partitioning coefficient during a series of test runs]{ 1423 1629 The maximum partitioning coefficient during a series of test runs with … … 1430 1636 \begin{figure}[!t] 1431 1637 \centering 1432 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_ZDF_zad_Aimp_maxCf_loc}1638 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ZDF_zad_Aimp_maxCf_loc} 1433 1639 \caption[OVERFLOW: maximum partitioning coefficient for the case overlaid]{ 1434 1640 The maximum partitioning coefficient for the \forcode{nn_rdt=10.0} case overlaid with … … 1437 1643 \end{figure} 1438 1644 1439 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}1645 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 1440 1646 1441 1647 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_cfgs.tex
r11598 r11954 93 93 \begin{figure}[!t] 94 94 \centering 95 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_ORCA_NH_mesh}95 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{CFGS_ORCA_NH_mesh} 96 96 \caption[ORCA mesh conception]{ 97 97 ORCA mesh conception. … … 120 120 \begin{figure}[!tbp] 121 121 \centering 122 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_ORCA_NH_msh05_e1_e2}123 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_ORCA_aniso}122 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{CFGS_ORCA_NH_msh05_e1_e2} 123 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{CFGS_ORCA_aniso} 124 124 \caption[Horizontal scale factors and ratio of anisotropy for ORCA 0.5\deg\ mesh]{ 125 125 \textit{Top}: Horizontal scale factors ($e_1$, $e_2$) and … … 264 264 \begin{figure}[!t] 265 265 \centering 266 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_GYRE}266 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{CFGS_GYRE} 267 267 \caption[Snapshot of relative vorticity at the surface of the model domain in GYRE R9, R27 and R54]{ 268 268 Snapshot of relative vorticity at the surface of the model domain in GYRE R9, R27 and R54. … … 292 292 Unlike ordinary river points the Baltic inputs also include salinity and temperature data. 293 293 294 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}294 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 295 295 296 296 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_conservation.tex
r11598 r11954 334 334 It has not been implemented. 335 335 336 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}336 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 337 337 338 338 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_misc.tex
r11598 r11954 94 94 \begin{figure}[!tbp] 95 95 \centering 96 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_Gibraltar}97 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_Gibraltar2}96 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{MISC_Gibraltar} 97 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{MISC_Gibraltar2} 98 98 \caption[Two methods to defined the Gibraltar strait]{ 99 99 Example of the Gibraltar strait defined in a 1\deg\ $\times$ 1\deg\ mesh. … … 111 111 \begin{figure}[!tbp] 112 112 \centering 113 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_closea_mask_example}113 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{MISC_closea_mask_example} 114 114 \caption[Mask fields for the \protect\mdl{closea} module]{ 115 115 Example of mask fields for the \protect\mdl{closea} module. … … 415 415 increment also applies to the time.step file which is otherwise updated every timestep. 416 416 417 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}417 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 418 418 419 419 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_model_basics.tex
r11608 r11954 13 13 14 14 {\footnotesize 15 \begin{tabular x}{\textwidth}{l||X|X}16 Release & Author(s) & Modifications\\15 \begin{tabular}{l||l|l} 16 Release & Author(s) & Modifications \\ 17 17 \hline 18 {\em 4.0} & {\em Mike Bell } & {\em Update} \\19 {\em 3.6} & {\em Gurvan Madec } & {\em Minor changes} \\20 {\em <=3.4} & {\em Gurvan Madec and Steven Alderson} & {\em First version} \\21 \end{tabular x}18 {\em 4.0} & {\em Mike Bell } & {\em Review } \\ 19 {\em 3.6} & {\em Tim Graham and Gurvan Madec } & {\em Updates } \\ 20 {\em $\leq$ 3.4} & {\em Gurvan Madec and S\'{e}bastien Masson} & {\em First version} \\ 21 \end{tabular} 22 22 } 23 23 … … 130 130 \begin{figure} 131 131 \centering 132 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_I_ocean_bc}132 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{MB_ocean_bc} 133 133 \caption[Ocean boundary conditions]{ 134 134 The ocean is bounded by two surfaces, $z = - H(i,j)$ and $z = \eta(i,j,t)$, … … 208 208 \] 209 209 Two strategies can be considered for the surface pressure term: 210 \begin{enumerate*}[label= {(\alph*)}]210 \begin{enumerate*}[label=(\textit{\alph*})] 211 211 \item introduce of a new variable $\eta$, the free-surface elevation, 212 212 for which a prognostic equation can be established and solved; … … 327 327 \begin{figure} 328 328 \centering 329 \includegraphics[width=0.33\textwidth]{ Fig_I_earth_referential}329 \includegraphics[width=0.33\textwidth]{MB_earth_referential} 330 330 \caption[Geographical and curvilinear coordinate systems]{ 331 331 the geographical coordinate system $(\lambda,\varphi,z)$ and the curvilinear … … 486 486 \item [Flux form of the momentum equations] 487 487 % \label{eq:MB_dyn_flux} 488 \begin{ multline*}488 \begin{alignat*}{2} 489 489 % \label{eq:MB_dyn_flux_u} 490 \pd[u]{t} = + \lt[ f + \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2} \lt( v \pd[e_2]{i} - u \pd[e_1]{j} \rt) \rt] \, v - \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2} \lt( \pd[(e_2 \, u \, u)]{i} + \pd[(e_1 \, v \, u)]{j} \rt)\\491 - \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[(w \, u)]{k}- \frac{1}{e_1} \pd[]{i} \lt( \frac{p_s + p_h}{\rho_o} \rt) + D_u^{\vect U} + F_u^{\vect U}492 \end{ multline*}493 \begin{ multline*}490 \pd[u]{t} = &+ \lt[ f + \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2} \lt( v \pd[e_2]{i} - u \pd[e_1]{j} \rt) \rt] \, v - \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2} \lt( \pd[(e_2 \, u \, u)]{i} + \pd[(e_1 \, v \, u)]{j} \rt) - \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[(w \, u)]{k} \\ 491 &- \frac{1}{e_1} \pd[]{i} \lt( \frac{p_s + p_h}{\rho_o} \rt) + D_u^{\vect U} + F_u^{\vect U} 492 \end{alignat*} 493 \begin{alignat*}{2} 494 494 % \label{eq:MB_dyn_flux_v} 495 \pd[v]{t} = - \lt[ f + \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2} \lt( v \pd[e_2]{i} - u \pd[e_1]{j} \rt) \rt] \, u - \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2} \lt( \pd[(e_2 \, u \, v)]{i} + \pd[(e_1 \, v \, v)]{j} \rt)\\496 - \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[(w \, v)]{k}- \frac{1}{e_2} \pd[]{j} \lt( \frac{p_s + p_h}{\rho_o} \rt) + D_v^{\vect U} + F_v^{\vect U}497 \end{ multline*}495 \pd[v]{t} = &- \lt[ f + \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2} \lt( v \pd[e_2]{i} - u \pd[e_1]{j} \rt) \rt] \, u - \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2} \lt( \pd[(e_2 \, u \, v)]{i} + \pd[(e_1 \, v \, v)]{j} \rt) - \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[(w \, v)]{k} \\ 496 &- \frac{1}{e_2} \pd[]{j} \lt( \frac{p_s + p_h}{\rho_o} \rt) + D_v^{\vect U} + F_v^{\vect U} 497 \end{alignat*} 498 498 where $\zeta$, the relative vorticity, is given by \autoref{eq:MB_curl_Uh} and 499 499 $p_s$, the surface pressure, is given by: … … 579 579 an explicit computation of vertical advection relative to the moving s-surfaces. 580 580 581 %\gmcomment{ 582 %A key point here is that the $s$-coordinate depends on $(i,j)$ ==> horizontal pressure gradient... 581 \cmtgm{A key point here is that the $s$-coordinate depends on $(i,j)$ 582 ==> horizontal pressure gradient...} 583 583 The generalized vertical coordinates used in ocean modelling are not orthogonal, 584 584 which contrasts with many other applications in mathematical physics. … … 650 650 \end{gather*} 651 651 \item [Flux form of the momentum equation] 652 \begin{ multline*}652 \begin{alignat*}{2} 653 653 % \label{eq:MB_sco_u_flux} 654 \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[(e_3 \, u)]{t} = + \lt[ f + \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2} \lt( v \pd[e_2]{i} - u \pd[e_1]{j} \rt) \rt] \, v - \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2 \; e_3} \lt( \pd[(e_2 \, e_3 \, u \, u)]{i} + \pd[(e_1 \, e_3 \, v \, u)]{j} \rt)\\655 - \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[(\omega \, u)]{k}- \frac{1}{e_1} \pd[]{i} \lt( \frac{p_s + p_h}{\rho_o} \rt) - g \frac{\rho}{\rho_o} \sigma_1 + D_u^{\vect U} + F_u^{\vect U}656 \end{ multline*}657 \begin{ multline*}654 \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[(e_3 \, u)]{t} = &+ \lt[ f + \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2} \lt( v \pd[e_2]{i} - u \pd[e_1]{j} \rt) \rt] \, v - \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2 \; e_3} \lt( \pd[(e_2 \, e_3 \, u \, u)]{i} + \pd[(e_1 \, e_3 \, v \, u)]{j} \rt) - \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[(\omega \, u)]{k} \\ 655 &- \frac{1}{e_1} \pd[]{i} \lt( \frac{p_s + p_h}{\rho_o} \rt) - g \frac{\rho}{\rho_o} \sigma_1 + D_u^{\vect U} + F_u^{\vect U} 656 \end{alignat*} 657 \begin{alignat*}{2} 658 658 % \label{eq:MB_sco_v_flux} 659 \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[(e_3 \, v)]{t} = - \lt[ f + \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2} \lt( v \pd[e_2]{i} - u \pd[e_1]{j} \rt) \rt] \, u - \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2 \; e_3} \lt( \pd[( e_2 \; e_3 \, u \, v)]{i} + \pd[(e_1 \; e_3 \, v \, v)]{j} \rt)\\660 - \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[(\omega \, v)]{k}- \frac{1}{e_2} \pd[]{j} \lt( \frac{p_s + p_h}{\rho_o} \rt) - g \frac{\rho}{\rho_o}\sigma_2 + D_v^{\vect U} + F_v^{\vect U}661 \end{ multline*}659 \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[(e_3 \, v)]{t} = &- \lt[ f + \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2} \lt( v \pd[e_2]{i} - u \pd[e_1]{j} \rt) \rt] \, u - \frac{1}{e_1 \; e_2 \; e_3} \lt( \pd[( e_2 \; e_3 \, u \, v)]{i} + \pd[(e_1 \; e_3 \, v \, v)]{j} \rt) - \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[(\omega \, v)]{k} \\ 660 &- \frac{1}{e_2} \pd[]{j} \lt( \frac{p_s + p_h}{\rho_o} \rt) - g \frac{\rho}{\rho_o}\sigma_2 + D_v^{\vect U} + F_v^{\vect U} 661 \end{alignat*} 662 662 where the relative vorticity, $\zeta$, the surface pressure gradient, 663 663 and the hydrostatic pressure have the same expressions as in $z$-coordinates although … … 680 680 and similar expressions are used for mixing and forcing terms. 681 681 682 \ gmcomment{682 \cmtgm{ 683 683 \colorbox{yellow}{ to be updated $= = >$} 684 684 Add a few works on z and zps and s and underlies the differences between all of them … … 692 692 \begin{figure} 693 693 \centering 694 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_z_zstar}694 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{MB_z_zstar} 695 695 \caption[Curvilinear z-coordinate systems (\{non-\}linear free-surface cases and re-scaled \zstar)]{ 696 \begin{enumerate*}[label= {(\alph*)}]696 \begin{enumerate*}[label=(\textit{\alph*})] 697 697 \item $z$-coordinate in linear free-surface case; 698 698 \item $z$-coordinate in non-linear free surface case; … … 1051 1051 \begin{equation} 1052 1052 \label{eq:MB_iso_slopes} 1053 r_1 = \frac{e_3}{e_1} 1054 r_2 = \frac{e_3}{e_2} 1053 r_1 = \frac{e_3}{e_1} \lt( \pd[\rho]{i} \rt) \lt( \pd[\rho]{k} \rt)^{-1} \quad 1054 r_2 = \frac{e_3}{e_2} \lt( \pd[\rho]{j} \rt) \lt( \pd[\rho]{k} \rt)^{-1} 1055 1055 \end{equation} 1056 1056 while in $s$-coordinates $\pd[]{k}$ is replaced by $\pd[]{s}$. … … 1067 1067 where $ \vect U^\ast = \lt( u^\ast,v^\ast,w^\ast \rt)$ is a non-divergent, 1068 1068 eddy-induced transport velocity. This velocity field is defined by: 1069 \ begin{gather*}1069 \[ 1070 1070 % \label{eq:MB_eiv} 1071 1071 u^\ast = \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[]{k} \lt( A^{eiv} \; \tilde{r}_1 \rt) \quad 1072 v^\ast = \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[]{k} \lt( A^{eiv} \; \tilde{r}_2 \rt) \ \1072 v^\ast = \frac{1}{e_3} \pd[]{k} \lt( A^{eiv} \; \tilde{r}_2 \rt) \quad 1073 1073 w^\ast = - \frac{1}{e_1 e_2} \lt[ \pd[]{i} \lt( A^{eiv} \; e_2 \, \tilde{r}_1 \rt) 1074 1074 + \pd[]{j} \lt( A^{eiv} \; e_1 \, \tilde{r}_2 \rt) \rt] 1075 \ end{gather*}1075 \] 1076 1076 where $A^{eiv}$ is the eddy induced velocity coefficient 1077 1077 (or equivalently the isoneutral thickness diffusivity coefficient), … … 1130 1130 the $u$ and $v$-fields are considered as independent scalar fields, 1131 1131 so that the diffusive operator is given by: 1132 \ begin{gather*}1132 \[ 1133 1133 % \label{eq:MB_lapU_iso} 1134 D_u^{l \vect U} = \nabla . \lt( A^{lm} \; \Re \; \nabla u \rt) \ \1134 D_u^{l \vect U} = \nabla . \lt( A^{lm} \; \Re \; \nabla u \rt) \quad 1135 1135 D_v^{l \vect U} = \nabla . \lt( A^{lm} \; \Re \; \nabla v \rt) 1136 \ end{gather*}1136 \] 1137 1137 where $\Re$ is given by \autoref{eq:MB_iso_tensor}. 1138 1138 It is the same expression as those used for diffusive operator on tracers. … … 1150 1150 Nevertheless it is currently not available in the iso-neutral case. 1151 1151 1152 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}1152 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 1153 1153 1154 1154 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_model_basics_zstar.tex
r11599 r11954 147 147 \begin{figure}[!t] 148 148 \centering 149 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{Fig_DYN_dynspg_ts}149 %\includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{MBZ_DYN_dynspg_ts} 150 150 \caption[Schematic of the split-explicit time stepping scheme for 151 151 the barotropic and baroclinic modes, after \citet{Griffies2004?}]{ … … 311 311 In particular, this means that in filtered case, the matrix to be inverted has to be recomputed at each time-step. 312 312 313 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}313 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 314 314 315 315 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/NEMO/subfiles/chap_time_domain.tex
r11599 r11954 13 13 14 14 {\footnotesize 15 \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{l||X|X} 16 Release & Author(s) & Modifications \\ 15 \begin{tabularx}{0.5\textwidth}{l||X|X} 16 Release & Author(s) & 17 Modifications \\ 17 18 \hline 18 {\em 4.0} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 19 {\em 3.6} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 20 {\em 3.4} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} \\ 21 {\em <=3.4} & {\em ...} & {\em ...} 19 {\em 4.0} & {\em J\'{e}r\^{o}me Chanut \newline Tim Graham} & 20 {\em Review \newline Update } \\ 21 {\em 3.6} & {\em Christian \'{E}th\'{e} } & 22 {\em Update } \\ 23 {\em $\leq$ 3.4} & {\em Gurvan Madec } & 24 {\em First version } \\ 22 25 \end{tabularx} 23 26 } … … 26 29 27 30 % Missing things: 28 % - daymod: definition of the time domain (nit000, nitend and the calendar) 29 30 \gmcomment{STEVEN :maybe a picture of the directory structure in the introduction which could be referred to here, 31 would help ==> to be added} 32 33 Having defined the continuous equations in \autoref{chap:MB}, we need now to choose a time discretization, 31 % - daymod: definition of the time domain (nit000, nitend and the calendar) 32 33 \cmtgm{STEVEN :maybe a picture of the directory structure in the introduction which 34 could be referred to here, would help ==> to be added} 35 36 Having defined the continuous equations in \autoref{chap:MB}, 37 we need now to choose a time discretization, 34 38 a key feature of an ocean model as it exerts a strong influence on the structure of the computer code 35 39 (\ie\ on its flowchart). 36 In the present chapter, we provide a general description of the \NEMO\ 40 In the present chapter, we provide a general description of the \NEMO\ time stepping strategy and 37 41 the consequences for the order in which the equations are solved. 38 42 … … 47 51 \end{equation} 48 52 where $x$ stands for $u$, $v$, $T$ or $S$; 49 RHS is the Right-Hand-Side of the corresponding time evolution equation;53 RHS is the \textbf{R}ight-\textbf{H}and-\textbf{S}ide of the corresponding time evolution equation; 50 54 $\rdt$ is the time step; 51 55 and the superscripts indicate the time at which a quantity is evaluated. 52 Each term of the RHS is evaluated at a specific time stepping depending on the physics with which it is associated. 56 Each term of the RHS is evaluated at a specific time stepping depending on 57 the physics with which it is associated. 53 58 54 59 The choice of the time stepping used for this evaluation is discussed below as well as 55 60 the implications for starting or restarting a model simulation. 56 61 Note that the time stepping calculation is generally performed in a single operation. 57 With such a complex and nonlinear system of equations it would be dangerous to let a prognostic variable evolve in58 time for each term separately.62 With such a complex and nonlinear system of equations it would be dangerous to 63 let a prognostic variable evolve in time for each term separately. 59 64 60 65 The three level scheme requires three arrays for each prognostic variable. … … 62 67 The third array, although referred to as $x_a$ (after) in the code, 63 68 is usually not the variable at the after time step; 64 but rather it is used to store the time derivative (RHS in \autoref{eq:TD}) prior to time-stepping the equation. 65 The time stepping itself is performed once at each time step where implicit vertical diffusion is computed, \ie\ in the \mdl{trazdf} and \mdl{dynzdf} modules. 69 but rather it is used to store the time derivative (RHS in \autoref{eq:TD}) 70 prior to time-stepping the equation. 71 The time stepping itself is performed once at each time step where 72 implicit vertical diffusion is computed, 73 \ie\ in the \mdl{trazdf} and \mdl{dynzdf} modules. 66 74 67 75 %% ================================================================================================= … … 69 77 \label{sec:TD_leap_frog} 70 78 71 The time stepping used for processes other than diffusion is the well-known leapfrog scheme72 \citep{mesinger.arakawa_bk76}.79 The time stepping used for processes other than diffusion is 80 the well-known \textbf{L}eap\textbf{F}rog (LF) scheme \citep{mesinger.arakawa_bk76}. 73 81 This scheme is widely used for advection processes in low-viscosity fluids. 74 It is a time centred scheme, \ie\ the RHS in \autoref{eq:TD} is evaluated at time step $t$, the now time step. 82 It is a time centred scheme, \ie\ the RHS in \autoref{eq:TD} is evaluated at 83 time step $t$, the now time step. 75 84 It may be used for momentum and tracer advection, pressure gradient, and Coriolis terms, 76 85 but not for diffusion terms. 77 86 It is an efficient method that achieves second-order accuracy with 78 87 just one right hand side evaluation per time step. 79 Moreover, it does not artificially damp linear oscillatory motion nor does it produce instability by80 amplifying the oscillations.88 Moreover, it does not artificially damp linear oscillatory motion 89 nor does it produce instability by amplifying the oscillations. 81 90 These advantages are somewhat diminished by the large phase-speed error of the leapfrog scheme, 82 and the unsuitability of leapfrog differencing for the representation of diffusion and Rayleigh damping processes. 91 and the unsuitability of leapfrog differencing for the representation of diffusion and 92 Rayleigh damping processes. 83 93 However, the scheme allows the coexistence of a numerical and a physical mode due to 84 94 its leading third order dispersive error. 85 95 In other words a divergence of odd and even time steps may occur. 86 To prevent it, the leapfrog scheme is often used in association with a Robert-Asselin time filter 87 (hereafter the LF-RA scheme). 88 This filter, first designed by \citet{robert_JMSJ66} and more comprehensively studied by \citet{asselin_MWR72}, 96 To prevent it, the leapfrog scheme is often used in association with 97 a \textbf{R}obert-\textbf{A}sselin time filter (hereafter the LF-RA scheme). 98 This filter, 99 first designed by \citet{robert_JMSJ66} and more comprehensively studied by \citet{asselin_MWR72}, 89 100 is a kind of laplacian diffusion in time that mixes odd and even time steps: 90 101 \begin{equation} … … 99 110 However, the second order truncation error is proportional to $\gamma$, which is small compared to 1. 100 111 Therefore, the LF-RA is a quasi second order accurate scheme. 101 The LF-RA scheme is preferred to other time differencing schemes such as predictor corrector or trapezoidal schemes, 102 because the user has an explicit and simple control of the magnitude of the time diffusion of the scheme. 103 When used with the 2nd order space centred discretisation of the advection terms in 112 The LF-RA scheme is preferred to other time differencing schemes such as 113 predictor corrector or trapezoidal schemes, because the user has an explicit and simple control of 114 the magnitude of the time diffusion of the scheme. 115 When used with the 2$^nd$ order space centred discretisation of the advection terms in 104 116 the momentum and tracer equations, LF-RA avoids implicit numerical diffusion: 105 diffusion is set explicitly by the user through the Robert-Asselin 106 filter parameter andthe viscosity and diffusion coefficients.117 diffusion is set explicitly by the user through the Robert-Asselin filter parameter and 118 the viscosity and diffusion coefficients. 107 119 108 120 %% ================================================================================================= … … 110 122 \label{sec:TD_forward_imp} 111 123 112 The leapfrog differencing scheme is unsuitable for the representation of diffusion and damping processes. 124 The leapfrog differencing scheme is unsuitable for 125 the representation of diffusion and damping processes. 113 126 For a tendency $D_x$, representing a diffusion term or a restoring term to a tracer climatology 114 127 (when present, see \autoref{sec:TRA_dmp}), a forward time differencing scheme is used : … … 119 132 120 133 This is diffusive in time and conditionally stable. 121 The conditions for stability of second and fourth order horizontal diffusion schemes are \citep{griffies_bk04}: 134 The conditions for stability of second and fourth order horizontal diffusion schemes are 135 \citep{griffies_bk04}: 122 136 \begin{equation} 123 137 \label{eq:TD_euler_stability} … … 128 142 \end{cases} 129 143 \end{equation} 130 where $e$ is the smallest grid size in the two horizontal directions and $A^h$ is the mixing coefficient. 144 where $e$ is the smallest grid size in the two horizontal directions and 145 $A^h$ is the mixing coefficient. 131 146 The linear constraint \autoref{eq:TD_euler_stability} is a necessary condition, but not sufficient. 132 147 If it is not satisfied, even mildly, then the model soon becomes wildly unstable. 133 The instability can be removed by either reducing the length of the time steps or reducing the mixing coefficient. 148 The instability can be removed by either reducing the length of the time steps or 149 reducing the mixing coefficient. 134 150 135 151 For the vertical diffusion terms, a forward time differencing scheme can be used, 136 but usually the numerical stability condition imposes a strong constraint on the time step. To overcome the stability constraint, a 137 backward (or implicit) time differencing scheme is used. This scheme is unconditionally stable but diffusive and can be written as follows: 152 but usually the numerical stability condition imposes a strong constraint on the time step. 153 To overcome the stability constraint, a backward (or implicit) time differencing scheme is used. 154 This scheme is unconditionally stable but diffusive and can be written as follows: 138 155 \begin{equation} 139 156 \label{eq:TD_imp} … … 141 158 \end{equation} 142 159 143 %%gm 144 %%gm UPDATE the next paragraphs with time varying thickness ... 145 %%gm 146 147 This scheme is rather time consuming since it requires a matrix inversion. For example, the finite difference approximation of the temperature equation is: 160 \cmtgm{UPDATE the next paragraphs with time varying thickness ...} 161 162 This scheme is rather time consuming since it requires a matrix inversion. 163 For example, the finite difference approximation of the temperature equation is: 148 164 \[ 149 165 % \label{eq:TD_imp_zdf} … … 159 175 \end{equation} 160 176 where 161 \begin{align*} 162 c(k) &= A_w^{vT} (k) \, / \, e_{3w} (k) \\ 163 d(k) &= e_{3t} (k) \, / \, (2 \rdt) + c_k + c_{k + 1} \\ 164 b(k) &= e_{3t} (k) \; \lt( T^{t - 1}(k) \, / \, (2 \rdt) + \text{RHS} \rt) 165 \end{align*} 166 167 \autoref{eq:TD_imp_mat} is a linear system of equations with an associated matrix which is tridiagonal. 168 Moreover, 169 $c(k)$ and $d(k)$ are positive and the diagonal term is greater than the sum of the two extra-diagonal terms, 177 \[ 178 c(k) = A_w^{vT} (k) \, / \, e_{3w} (k) \text{,} \quad 179 d(k) = e_{3t} (k) \, / \, (2 \rdt) + c_k + c_{k + 1} \quad \text{and} \quad 180 b(k) = e_{3t} (k) \; \lt( T^{t - 1}(k) \, / \, (2 \rdt) + \text{RHS} \rt) 181 \] 182 183 \autoref{eq:TD_imp_mat} is a linear system of equations with 184 an associated matrix which is tridiagonal. 185 Moreover, $c(k)$ and $d(k)$ are positive and 186 the diagonal term is greater than the sum of the two extra-diagonal terms, 170 187 therefore a special adaptation of the Gauss elimination procedure is used to find the solution 171 188 (see for example \citet{richtmyer.morton_bk67}). … … 175 192 \label{sec:TD_spg_ts} 176 193 177 The leapfrog environment supports a centred in time computation of the surface pressure, \ie\ evaluated 178 at \textit{now} time step. This refers to as the explicit free surface case in the code (\np[=.true.]{ln_dynspg_exp}{ln\_dynspg\_exp}). 179 This choice however imposes a strong constraint on the time step which should be small enough to resolve the propagation 180 of external gravity waves. As a matter of fact, one rather use in a realistic setup, a split-explicit free surface 181 (\np[=.true.]{ln_dynspg_ts}{ln\_dynspg\_ts}) in which barotropic and baroclinic dynamical equations are solved separately with ad-hoc 182 time steps. The use of the time-splitting (in combination with non-linear free surface) imposes some constraints on the design of 183 the overall flowchart, in particular to ensure exact tracer conservation (see \autoref{fig:TD_TimeStep_flowchart}). 184 185 Compared to the former use of the filtered free surface in \NEMO\ v3.6 (\citet{roullet.madec_JGR00}), the use of a split-explicit free surface is advantageous 186 on massively parallel computers. Indeed, no global computations are anymore required by the elliptic solver which saves a substantial amount of communication 187 time. Fast barotropic motions (such as tides) are also simulated with a better accuracy. 188 189 %\gmcomment{ 190 \begin{figure}[!t] 194 The leapfrog environment supports a centred in time computation of the surface pressure, 195 \ie\ evaluated at \textit{now} time step. 196 This refers to as the explicit free surface case in the code 197 (\np[=.true.]{ln_dynspg_exp}{ln\_dynspg\_exp}). 198 This choice however imposes a strong constraint on the time step which 199 should be small enough to resolve the propagation of external gravity waves. 200 As a matter of fact, one rather use in a realistic setup, 201 a split-explicit free surface (\np[=.true.]{ln_dynspg_ts}{ln\_dynspg\_ts}) in which 202 barotropic and baroclinic dynamical equations are solved separately with ad-hoc time steps. 203 The use of the time-splitting (in combination with non-linear free surface) imposes 204 some constraints on the design of the overall flowchart, 205 in particular to ensure exact tracer conservation (see \autoref{fig:TD_TimeStep_flowchart}). 206 207 Compared to the former use of the filtered free surface in \NEMO\ v3.6 (\citet{roullet.madec_JGR00}), 208 the use of a split-explicit free surface is advantageous on massively parallel computers. 209 Indeed, no global computations are anymore required by the elliptic solver which 210 saves a substantial amount of communication time. 211 Fast barotropic motions (such as tides) are also simulated with a better accuracy. 212 213 %\cmtgm{ 214 \begin{figure} 191 215 \centering 192 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_TimeStepping_flowchart_v4}216 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{TD_TimeStepping_flowchart_v4} 193 217 \caption[Leapfrog time stepping sequence with split-explicit free surface]{ 194 218 Sketch of the leapfrog time stepping sequence in \NEMO\ with split-explicit free surface. 195 The latter combined with non-linear free surface requires the dynamical tendency being196 updated prior tracers tendency to ensure conservation.219 The latter combined with non-linear free surface requires 220 the dynamical tendency being updated prior tracers tendency to ensure conservation. 197 221 Note the use of time integrated fluxes issued from the barotropic loop in 198 222 subsequent calculations of tracer advection and in the continuity equation. … … 203 227 204 228 %% ================================================================================================= 205 \section{Modified Leap frog -- Asselin filter scheme}229 \section{Modified LeapFrog -- Robert Asselin filter scheme (LF-RA)} 206 230 \label{sec:TD_mLF} 207 231 208 Significant changes have been introduced by \cite{leclair.madec_OM09} in the LF-RA scheme in order to 209 ensure tracer conservation and to allow the use of a much smaller value of the Asselin filter parameter. 232 Significant changes have been introduced by \cite{leclair.madec_OM09} in 233 the LF-RA scheme in order to ensure tracer conservation and to 234 allow the use of a much smaller value of the Asselin filter parameter. 210 235 The modifications affect both the forcing and filtering treatments in the LF-RA scheme. 211 236 212 In a classical LF-RA environment, the forcing term is centred in time,213 \ie\ it is time-stepped over a $2 \rdt$ period:237 In a classical LF-RA environment, 238 the forcing term is centred in time, \ie\ it is time-stepped over a $2 \rdt$ period: 214 239 $x^t = x^t + 2 \rdt Q^t$ where $Q$ is the forcing applied to $x$, 215 and the time filter is given by \autoref{eq:TD_asselin} so that $Q$ is redistributed over several time step. 240 and the time filter is given by \autoref{eq:TD_asselin} so that 241 $Q$ is redistributed over several time step. 216 242 In the modified LF-RA environment, these two formulations have been replaced by: 217 243 \begin{gather} … … 222 248 - \gamma \, \rdt \, \lt( Q^{t + \rdt / 2} - Q^{t - \rdt / 2} \rt) 223 249 \end{gather} 224 The change in the forcing formulation given by \autoref{eq:TD_forcing} (see \autoref{fig:TD_MLF_forcing}) 225 has a significant effect: 226 the forcing term no longer excites the divergence of odd and even time steps \citep{leclair.madec_OM09}. 250 The change in the forcing formulation given by \autoref{eq:TD_forcing} 251 (see \autoref{fig:TD_MLF_forcing}) has a significant effect: 252 the forcing term no longer excites the divergence of odd and even time steps 253 \citep{leclair.madec_OM09}. 227 254 % forcing seen by the model.... 228 255 This property improves the LF-RA scheme in two aspects. 229 256 First, the LF-RA can now ensure the local and global conservation of tracers. 230 257 Indeed, time filtering is no longer required on the forcing part. 231 The influence of the Asselin filter on the forcing is explicitly removed by adding a new term in the filter232 (last term in \autoref{eq:TD_RA} compared to \autoref{eq:TD_asselin}).258 The influence of the Asselin filter on the forcing is explicitly removed by 259 adding a new term in the filter (last term in \autoref{eq:TD_RA} compared to \autoref{eq:TD_asselin}). 233 260 Since the filtering of the forcing was the source of non-conservation in the classical LF-RA scheme, 234 261 the modified formulation becomes conservative \citep{leclair.madec_OM09}. 235 Second, the LF-RA becomes a truly quasi 262 Second, the LF-RA becomes a truly quasi-second order scheme. 236 263 Indeed, \autoref{eq:TD_forcing} used in combination with a careful treatment of static instability 237 264 (\autoref{subsec:ZDF_evd}) and of the TKE physics (\autoref{subsec:ZDF_tke_ene}) … … 245 272 even if separated by only $\rdt$ since the time filter is no longer applied to the forcing term. 246 273 247 \begin{figure} [!t]274 \begin{figure} 248 275 \centering 249 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{ Fig_MLF_forcing}276 \includegraphics[width=0.66\textwidth]{TD_MLF_forcing} 250 277 \caption[Forcing integration methods for modified leapfrog (top and bottom)]{ 251 278 Illustration of forcing integration methods. … … 271 298 \end{listing} 272 299 273 The first time step of this three level scheme when starting from initial conditions is a forward step274 (Euler time integration):300 The first time step of this three level scheme when starting from initial conditions is 301 a forward step (Euler time integration): 275 302 \[ 276 303 % \label{eq:TD_DOM_euler} 277 304 x^1 = x^0 + \rdt \ \text{RHS}^0 278 305 \] 279 This is done simply by keeping the leapfrog environment (\ie\ the \autoref{eq:TD} three level time stepping) but 306 This is done simply by keeping the leapfrog environment 307 (\ie\ the \autoref{eq:TD} three level time stepping) but 280 308 setting all $x^0$ (\textit{before}) and $x^1$ (\textit{now}) fields equal at the first time step and 281 309 using half the value of a leapfrog time step ($2 \rdt$). … … 286 314 running the model for $2N$ time steps in one go, 287 315 or by performing two consecutive experiments of $N$ steps with a restart. 288 This requires saving two time levels and many auxiliary data in the restart files in machine precision. 316 This requires saving two time levels and many auxiliary data in 317 the restart files in machine precision. 289 318 290 319 Note that the time step $\rdt$, is also saved in the restart file. 291 When restarting, if the time step has been changed, or one of the prognostic variables at \textit{before} time step 292 is missing, an Euler time stepping scheme is imposed. A forward initial step can still be enforced by the user by setting 293 the namelist variable \np[=0]{nn_euler}{nn\_euler}. Other options to control the time integration of the model 294 are defined through the \nam{run}{run} namelist variables. 295 \gmcomment{ 320 When restarting, if the time step has been changed, or 321 one of the prognostic variables at \textit{before} time step is missing, 322 an Euler time stepping scheme is imposed. 323 A forward initial step can still be enforced by the user by 324 setting the namelist variable \np[=0]{nn_euler}{nn\_euler}. 325 Other options to control the time integration of the model are defined through 326 the \nam{run}{run} namelist variables. 327 328 \cmtgm{ 296 329 add here how to force the restart to contain only one time step for operational purposes 297 330 298 331 add also the idea of writing several restart for seasonal forecast : how is it done ? 299 332 300 verify that all namelist para rmeters are truly described333 verify that all namelist parameters are truly described 301 334 302 335 a word on the check of restart ..... 303 336 } 304 337 305 \ gmcomment{ % add a subsection here338 \cmtgm{ % add a subsection here 306 339 307 340 %% ================================================================================================= … … 309 342 \label{subsec:TD_time} 310 343 311 Options are defined through the 344 Options are defined through the\nam{dom}{dom} namelist variables. 312 345 \colorbox{yellow}{add here a few word on nit000 and nitend} 313 346 314 347 \colorbox{yellow}{Write documentation on the calendar and the key variable adatrj} 315 348 316 add a description of daymod, and the model cal andar (leap-year and co)317 318 } 319 320 \ gmcomment{ % add implicit in vvl case and Crant-Nicholson scheme349 add a description of daymod, and the model calendar (leap-year and co) 350 351 } %% end add 352 353 \cmtgm{ % add implicit in vvl case and Crant-Nicholson scheme 321 354 322 355 Implicit time stepping in case of variable volume thickness. … … 369 402 } 370 403 371 \ onlyinsubfile{\input{../../global/epilogue}}404 \subinc{\input{../../global/epilogue}} 372 405 373 406 \end{document} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/SI3/namelists/namdyn_adv
r11026 r11954 2 2 &namdyn_adv ! Ice advection 3 3 !------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 ln_adv_Pra = . false. ! Advection scheme (Prather)5 ln_adv_UMx = . true. ! Advection scheme (Ultimate-Macho)4 ln_adv_Pra = .true. ! Advection scheme (Prather) 5 ln_adv_UMx = .false. ! Advection scheme (Ultimate-Macho) 6 6 nn_UMx = 5 ! order of the scheme for UMx (1-5 ; 20=centered 2nd order) 7 7 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/TOP/subfiles/model_description.tex
r11591 r11954 14 14 \chapter{Model Description} 15 15 \label{chap:ModDes} 16 \ minitoc16 \chaptertoc 17 17 18 18 \section{Basics} … … 80 80 \nlst{namtrc_ldf} 81 81 %------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82 In NEMO v4.0, the passive tracer diffusion has necessarily the same form as the active tracer diffusion, meaning that the numerical scheme must be the same. However the passive tracer mixing coefficient can be chosen as a multiple of the active ones by changing the value of \textit{rn\_ldf\_multi} in namelist \textit{namtrc\_ldf}. The choice of numerical scheme is then set in the \n gn{namtra\_ldf} namelist for the dynamic described in section 5.2 of \citep{nemo_manual}.82 In NEMO v4.0, the passive tracer diffusion has necessarily the same form as the active tracer diffusion, meaning that the numerical scheme must be the same. However the passive tracer mixing coefficient can be chosen as a multiple of the active ones by changing the value of \textit{rn\_ldf\_multi} in namelist \textit{namtrc\_ldf}. The choice of numerical scheme is then set in the \nam{namtra_ldf}{namtra\_ldf} namelist for the dynamic described in section 5.2 of \citep{nemo_manual}. 83 83 84 84 … … 95 95 96 96 The use of newtonian damping to climatological fields or observations is also coded, sharing the same routine dans active tracers. Boolean variables are defined in the namelist\_top\_ref to select the tracers on which restoring is applied 97 Options are defined through the \ngn{namtrc\_dmp} namelist variables. The restoring term is added when the namelist parameter \np{ln\_trcdmp} is set to true. The restoring coefficient is a three-dimensional array read in a file, which name is specified by the namelist variable \np{cn\_resto\_tr}. This netcdf file can be generated using the DMP\_TOOLS tool.97 Options are defined through the \nam{namtrc_dmp}{namtrc\_dmp} namelist variables. The restoring term is added when the namelist parameter \np{ln\_trcdmp} is set to true. The restoring coefficient is a three-dimensional array read in a file, which name is specified by the namelist variable \np{cn\_resto\_tr}. This netcdf file can be generated using the DMP\_TOOLS tool. 98 98 99 99 \subsection{ Tracer positivity} … … 104 104 105 105 Sometimes, numerical scheme can generates negative values of passive tracers concentration that must be positive. For exemple, isopycnal diffusion can created extrema. The trcrad routine artificially corrects negative concentrations with a very crude solution that either sets negative concentration to zero without adjusting the tracer budget, or by removing negative concentration and keeping mass conservation. 106 The treatment of negative concentrations is an option and can be selected in the namelist \n gn{namtrc\_rad} by setting the parameter \np{ln\_trcrad} to true.106 The treatment of negative concentrations is an option and can be selected in the namelist \nam{namtrc_rad}{namtrc\_rad} by setting the parameter \np{ln\_trcrad} to true. 107 107 108 108 \section{The SMS modules} -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/global/document.tex
r11591 r11954 18 18 %% End of common preamble between main and sub-files 19 19 %% Override custom cmds for full manual compilation 20 \newcommand{\ onlyinsubfile}[1]{#1}21 \newcommand{\ notinsubfile}[1]{}20 \newcommand{\subinc}[1]{#1} 21 \newcommand{\subexc}[1]{} 22 22 23 23 \begin{document} 24 24 25 \renewcommand{\ onlyinsubfile}[1]{}26 \renewcommand{\ notinsubfile}[1]{#1}25 \renewcommand{\subinc}[1]{} 26 \renewcommand{\subexc}[1]{#1} 27 27 28 28 -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/global/frontpage.tex
r11591 r11954 33 33 \LARGE Version \version\ -\ \today \\ 34 34 \medskip 35 \href{http://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.\zid}{ \includegraphics{ {badges/zenodo.\zid}.pdf} }35 \href{http://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.\zid}{ \includegraphics{badges/zenodo.\zid} } 36 36 \end{center} 37 37 -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/global/new_cmds.tex
r11584 r11954 34 34 35 35 %% Gurvan's comments 36 \newcommand{\ gmcomment}[1]{}36 \newcommand{\cmtgm}[1]{} 37 37 38 38 %% Maths -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/global/packages.tex
r11595 r11954 18 18 %% Issue with fontawesome pkg: path to FontAwesome.otf has to be hard-coded 19 19 \defaultfontfeatures{ 20 Path = / home/ntmlod/.local/texlive2019/texmf-dist/fonts/opentype/public/fontawesome/20 Path = /usr/local/texlive/2019/texmf-dist/fonts/opentype/public/fontawesome/ 21 21 } 22 22 \usepackage{academicons, fontawesome, newtxtext} 23 23 24 24 %% Formatting 25 \usepackage[inline]{enumitem} 25 26 \usepackage{etoc, tabularx, xcolor} 26 27 27 28 %% Graphics 28 \usepackage{caption, graphicx }29 \usepackage{caption, graphicx, grffile} 29 30 30 31 %% Labels … … 32 33 33 34 %% Mathematics 34 \usepackage{amsmath, amssymb }35 \usepackage{amsmath, amssymb, mathtools} 35 36 36 37 %% Versatility -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/latex/global/styles.tex
r11572 r11954 72 72 } 73 73 74 %% Temporary fix 75 \def\set@curr@file#1{% 76 \begingroup 77 \escapechar\m@ne 78 \xdef\@curr@file{\expandafter\string\csname #1\endcsname}% 79 \endgroup 80 } 81 \def\quote@name#1{"\quote@@name#1\@gobble""} 82 \def\quote@@name#1"{#1\quote@@name} 83 \def\unquote@name#1{\quote@@name#1\@gobble"} 84 74 85 \makeatother -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/nam_diadct
r11536 r11954 1 1 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 &nam_diadct ! transports through some sections(default: OFF)2 &nam_diadct ! transports through some sections (default: OFF) 3 3 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 4 ln_diadct = .false. ! Calculate transport thru sections or not -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/nam_diaharm
r11536 r11954 7 7 nstep_han = 15 ! Time step frequency for harmonic analysis 8 8 tname(1) = 'M2' ! Name of tidal constituents 9 tname(2) = 'K1' 9 tname(2) = 'K1' ! --- 10 10 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/nambdy
r11536 r11954 26 26 ln_dyn3d_dmp =.false. ! open boundary condition for baroclinic velocities 27 27 rn_time_dmp = 1. ! Damping time scale in days 28 rn_time_dmp_out = 1. 28 rn_time_dmp_out = 1. ! Outflow damping time scale 29 29 nn_rimwidth = 10 ! width of the relaxation zone 30 30 ln_vol = .false. ! total volume correction (see nn_volctl parameter) -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/nambdy_dta
r11536 r11954 11 11 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp.! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights filename ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 12 12 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! ! pairing ! filename ! 13 bn_ssh = 'amm12_bdyT_u2d' , 24 14 bn_u2d = 'amm12_bdyU_u2d' , 24 15 bn_v2d = 'amm12_bdyV_u2d' , 24 16 bn_u3d = 'amm12_bdyU_u3d' , 24 17 bn_v3d = 'amm12_bdyV_u3d' , 24 18 bn_tem = 'amm12_bdyT_tra' , 24 19 bn_sal = 'amm12_bdyT_tra' , 24 13 bn_ssh = 'amm12_bdyT_u2d' , 24. , 'sossheig', .true. , .false., 'daily' , '' , '' , '' 14 bn_u2d = 'amm12_bdyU_u2d' , 24. , 'vobtcrtx', .true. , .false., 'daily' , '' , '' , '' 15 bn_v2d = 'amm12_bdyV_u2d' , 24. , 'vobtcrty', .true. , .false., 'daily' , '' , '' , '' 16 bn_u3d = 'amm12_bdyU_u3d' , 24. , 'vozocrtx', .true. , .false., 'daily' , '' , '' , '' 17 bn_v3d = 'amm12_bdyV_u3d' , 24. , 'vomecrty', .true. , .false., 'daily' , '' , '' , '' 18 bn_tem = 'amm12_bdyT_tra' , 24. , 'votemper', .true. , .false., 'daily' , '' , '' , '' 19 bn_sal = 'amm12_bdyT_tra' , 24. , 'vosaline', .true. , .false., 'daily' , '' , '' , '' 20 20 !* for si3 21 21 bn_a_i = 'amm12_bdyT_ice' , 24. , 'siconc' , .true. , .false., 'daily' , '' , '' , '' -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namberg
r11005 r11954 37 37 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp.! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights filename ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 38 38 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! ! pairing ! filename ! 39 sn_icb = 'calving' , -1 39 sn_icb = 'calving' , -1. ,'calvingmask', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 40 40 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namc1d_uvd
r10075 r11954 10 10 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp.! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights filename ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 11 11 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! ! pairing ! filename ! 12 sn_ucur = 'ucurrent' , -1 13 sn_vcur = 'vcurrent' , -1 12 sn_ucur = 'ucurrent' , -1. ,'u_current', .false. , .true. , 'monthly' , '' , 'Ume' , '' 13 sn_vcur = 'vcurrent' , -1. ,'v_current', .false. , .true. , 'monthly' , '' , 'Vme' , '' 14 14 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namdia
r11536 r11954 2 2 &namdia ! Diagnostics 3 3 !------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4 ln_icediachk = .false. ! check online the heat, mass & salt budgets at each time step5 ! ! rate of ice spuriously gained/lost. For ex., rn_icechk=1. <=> 1mm/year, rn_icechk=0.1 <=> 1mm/10years6 rn_icechk_cel = 1 . ! check at any gridcell=> stops the code if violated (and writes a file)7 rn_icechk_glo = 0.1 ! check over the entire ice cover=> only prints warnings4 ln_icediachk = .false. ! check online heat, mass & salt budgets 5 ! ! rate of ice spuriously gained/lost at each time step => rn_icechk=1 <=> 1.e-6 m/hour 6 rn_icechk_cel = 100. ! check at each gridcell (1.e-4m/h)=> stops the code if violated (and writes a file) 7 rn_icechk_glo = 1. ! check over the entire ice cover (1.e-6m/h)=> only prints warnings 8 8 ln_icediahsb = .false. ! output the heat, mass & salt budgets (T) or not (F) 9 9 ln_icectl = .false. ! ice points output for debug (T or F) -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namdta_dyn
r11025 r11954 10 10 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp.! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights filename ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 11 11 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! ! pairing ! filename ! 12 sn_tem = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120 13 sn_sal = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120 14 sn_mld = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120 15 sn_emp = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120 16 sn_fmf = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120 17 sn_ice = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120 18 sn_qsr = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120 19 sn_wnd = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120 20 sn_uwd = 'dyna_grid_U' , 120 21 sn_vwd = 'dyna_grid_V' , 120 22 sn_wwd = 'dyna_grid_W' , 120 23 sn_avt = 'dyna_grid_W' , 120 24 sn_ubl = 'dyna_grid_U' , 120 25 sn_vbl = 'dyna_grid_V' , 120 12 sn_tem = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120. , 'votemper' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 13 sn_sal = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120. , 'vosaline' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 14 sn_mld = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120. , 'somixhgt' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 15 sn_emp = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120. , 'sowaflup' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 16 sn_fmf = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120. , 'iowaflup' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 17 sn_ice = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120. , 'soicecov' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 18 sn_qsr = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120. , 'soshfldo' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 19 sn_wnd = 'dyna_grid_T' , 120. , 'sowindsp' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 20 sn_uwd = 'dyna_grid_U' , 120. , 'uocetr_eff', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 21 sn_vwd = 'dyna_grid_V' , 120. , 'vocetr_eff', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 22 sn_wwd = 'dyna_grid_W' , 120. , 'wocetr_eff', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 23 sn_avt = 'dyna_grid_W' , 120. , 'voddmavs' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 24 sn_ubl = 'dyna_grid_U' , 120. , 'sobblcox' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 25 sn_vbl = 'dyna_grid_V' , 120. , 'sobblcoy' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 26 26 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namdyn
r11025 r11954 10 10 rn_ishlat = 2. ! lbc : free slip (0) ; partial slip (0-2) ; no slip (2) ; strong slip (>2) 11 11 ln_landfast_L16 = .false. ! landfast: parameterization from Lemieux 2016 12 ln_landfast_home = .false. ! landfast: parameterization from "home made"13 12 rn_depfra = 0.125 ! fraction of ocean depth that ice must reach to initiate landfast 14 ! recommended range: [0.1 ; 0.25] - L16=0.125 - home=0.15 15 rn_icebfr = 15. ! ln_landfast_L16: maximum bottom stress per unit volume [N/m3] 16 ! ln_landfast_home: maximum bottom stress per unit area of contact [N/m2] 17 ! recommended range: ?? L16=15 - home=10 13 ! recommended range: [0.1 ; 0.25] 14 rn_icebfr = 15. ! maximum bottom stress per unit volume [N/m3] 18 15 rn_lfrelax = 1.e-5 ! relaxation time scale to reach static friction [s-1] 19 rn_tensile = 0. 2 ! ln_landfast_L16: isotropic tensile strength16 rn_tensile = 0.05 ! isotropic tensile strength [0-0.5??] 20 17 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namini
r11536 r11954 23 23 rn_hpd_ini_n = 0.05 ! initial pond depth (m), North 24 24 rn_hpd_ini_s = 0.05 ! " " South 25 ! ! if ln_iceini_file=T25 ! -- for ln_iceini_file = T 26 26 sn_hti = 'Ice_initialization' , -12 ,'hti' , .false. , .true., 'yearly' , '' , '', '' 27 27 sn_hts = 'Ice_initialization' , -12 ,'hts' , .false. , .true., 'yearly' , '' , '', '' -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/nammpp
r11536 r11954 2 2 &nammpp ! Massively Parallel Processing ("key_mpp_mpi") 3 3 !----------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 ln_listonly = .false. ! do nothing else than listing the best domain decompositions (with land domains suppression) 5 ! ! if T: the largest number of cores tested is defined by max(mppsize, jpni*jpnj) 4 6 ln_nnogather = .true. ! activate code to avoid mpi_allgather use at the northfold 5 jpni = 0 ! jpni number of processors following i (set automatically if < 1)6 jpnj = 0 ! jpnj number of processors following j (set automatically if < 1)7 jpni = 0 ! number of processors following i (set automatically if < 1), see also ln_listonly = T 8 jpnj = 0 ! number of processors following j (set automatically if < 1), see also ln_listonly = T 7 9 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namobs
r11316 r11954 8 8 ln_sla = .false. ! Logical switch for SLA observations 9 9 ln_sst = .false. ! Logical switch for SST observations 10 ln_sss = .false. ! Logical swit chfor SSS observations10 ln_sss = .false. ! Logical swithc for SSS observations 11 11 ln_sic = .false. ! Logical switch for Sea Ice observations 12 12 ln_vel3d = .false. ! Logical switch for velocity observations -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/nampisatm
r11025 r11954 4 4 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp. ! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 5 5 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! filename ! pairing ! filename ! 6 sn_patm = 'presatm' , -1 7 sn_atmco2 = 'presatmco2' , -1 6 sn_patm = 'presatm' , -1. , 'patm' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 7 sn_atmco2 = 'presatmco2' , -1. , 'xco2' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 8 8 cn_dir = './' ! root directory for the location of the dynamical files 9 9 ! -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/nampisopt
r11025 r11954 4 4 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp. ! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 5 5 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! filename ! pairing ! filename ! 6 sn_par = 'par.orca' , 24 6 sn_par = 'par.orca' , 24. , 'fr_par' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 7 7 cn_dir = './' ! root directory for the location of the dynamical files 8 8 ln_varpar = .true. ! boolean for PAR variable -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/nampissbc
r11025 r11954 4 4 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp. ! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 5 5 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! filename ! pairing ! filename ! 6 sn_dust = 'dust.orca' , -1 7 sn_solub = 'solubility.orca' , -12 8 sn_riverdic = 'river.orca' , 120 9 sn_riverdoc = 'river.orca' , 120 10 sn_riverdin = 'river.orca' , 120 11 sn_riverdon = 'river.orca' , 120 12 sn_riverdip = 'river.orca' , 120 13 sn_riverdop = 'river.orca' , 120 14 sn_riverdsi = 'river.orca' , 120 15 sn_ndepo = 'ndeposition.orca', -12 16 sn_ironsed = 'bathy.orca' , -12 17 sn_hydrofe = 'hydrofe.orca' , -12 6 sn_dust = 'dust.orca' , -1. , 'dust' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 7 sn_solub = 'solubility.orca' , -12. , 'solubility1' , .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 8 sn_riverdic = 'river.orca' , 120. , 'riverdic' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 9 sn_riverdoc = 'river.orca' , 120. , 'riverdoc' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 10 sn_riverdin = 'river.orca' , 120. , 'riverdin' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 11 sn_riverdon = 'river.orca' , 120. , 'riverdon' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 12 sn_riverdip = 'river.orca' , 120. , 'riverdip' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 13 sn_riverdop = 'river.orca' , 120. , 'riverdop' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 14 sn_riverdsi = 'river.orca' , 120. , 'riverdsi' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 15 sn_ndepo = 'ndeposition.orca', -12. , 'ndep' , .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 16 sn_ironsed = 'bathy.orca' , -12. , 'bathy' , .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 17 sn_hydrofe = 'hydrofe.orca' , -12. , 'epsdb' , .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 18 18 ! 19 19 cn_dir = './' ! root directory for the location of the dynamical files -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namrun
r11005 r11954 18 18 cn_ocerst_indir = "." ! directory from which to read input ocean restarts 19 19 cn_ocerst_out = "restart" ! suffix of ocean restart name (output) 20 cn_ocerst_outdir = "." 20 cn_ocerst_outdir = "." ! directory in which to write output ocean restarts 21 21 ln_iscpl = .false. ! cavity evolution forcing or coupling to ice sheet model 22 22 nn_istate = 0 ! output the initial state (1) or not (0) 23 23 ln_rst_list = .false. ! output restarts at list of times using nn_stocklist (T) or at set frequency with nn_stock (F) 24 nn_stock = 5840 ! frequency of creation of a restart file (modulo referenced to 1) 24 nn_stock = 0 ! used only if ln_rst_list = F: output restart freqeuncy (modulo referenced to 1) 25 ! ! = 0 force to write restart files only at the end of the run 26 ! ! = -1 do not do any restart 25 27 nn_stocklist = 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ! List of timesteps when a restart file is to be written 26 nn_write = 5840 ! frequency of write in the output file (modulo referenced to nn_it000) 27 ln_mskland = .false. ! mask land points in NetCDF outputs (costly: + ~15%) 28 nn_write = 0 ! used only if key_iomput is not defined: output frequency (modulo referenced to nn_it000) 29 ! ! = 0 force to write output files only at the end of the run 30 ! ! = -1 do not do any output file 31 ln_mskland = .false. ! mask land points in NetCDF outputs 28 32 ln_cfmeta = .false. ! output additional data to netCDF files required for compliance with the CF metadata standard 29 33 ln_clobber = .true. ! clobber (overwrite) an existing file -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namsbc_apr
r10075 r11954 10 10 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp.! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights filename ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 11 11 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! ! pairing ! filename ! 12 sn_apr = 'patm' , -1 12 sn_apr = 'patm' , -1. ,'somslpre' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 13 13 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namsbc_blk
r10445 r11954 22 22 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp.! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights filename ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 23 23 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! ! pairing ! filename ! 24 sn_wndi = 'u_10.15JUNE2009_fill' , 6 25 sn_wndj = 'v_10.15JUNE2009_fill' , 6 26 sn_qsr = 'ncar_rad.15JUNE2009_fill' , 24 27 sn_qlw = 'ncar_rad.15JUNE2009_fill' , 24 28 sn_tair = 't_10.15JUNE2009_fill' , 6 29 sn_humi = 'q_10.15JUNE2009_fill' , 6 30 sn_prec = 'ncar_precip.15JUNE2009_fill', -1 31 sn_snow = 'ncar_precip.15JUNE2009_fill', -1 32 sn_slp = 'slp.15JUNE2009_fill' , 6 24 sn_wndi = 'u_10.15JUNE2009_fill' , 6. , 'U_10_MOD', .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , 'weights_core_orca2_bicubic_noc.nc' , 'Uwnd' , '' 25 sn_wndj = 'v_10.15JUNE2009_fill' , 6. , 'V_10_MOD', .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , 'weights_core_orca2_bicubic_noc.nc' , 'Vwnd' , '' 26 sn_qsr = 'ncar_rad.15JUNE2009_fill' , 24. , 'SWDN_MOD', .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , 'weights_core_orca2_bilinear_noc.nc' , '' , '' 27 sn_qlw = 'ncar_rad.15JUNE2009_fill' , 24. , 'LWDN_MOD', .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , 'weights_core_orca2_bilinear_noc.nc' , '' , '' 28 sn_tair = 't_10.15JUNE2009_fill' , 6. , 'T_10_MOD', .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , 'weights_core_orca2_bilinear_noc.nc' , '' , '' 29 sn_humi = 'q_10.15JUNE2009_fill' , 6. , 'Q_10_MOD', .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , 'weights_core_orca2_bilinear_noc.nc' , '' , '' 30 sn_prec = 'ncar_precip.15JUNE2009_fill', -1. , 'PRC_MOD1', .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , 'weights_core_orca2_bilinear_noc.nc' , '' , '' 31 sn_snow = 'ncar_precip.15JUNE2009_fill', -1. , 'SNOW' , .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , 'weights_core_orca2_bilinear_noc.nc' , '' , '' 32 sn_slp = 'slp.15JUNE2009_fill' , 6. , 'SLP' , .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , 'weights_core_orca2_bilinear_noc.nc' , '' , '' 33 33 sn_tdif = 'taudif_core' , 24 , 'taudif' , .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , 'weights_core_orca2_bilinear_noc.nc' , '' , '' 34 34 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namsbc_flx
r10075 r11954 6 6 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp.! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights filename ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 7 7 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! ! pairing ! filename ! 8 sn_utau = 'utau' , 24 9 sn_vtau = 'vtau' , 24 10 sn_qtot = 'qtot' , 24 11 sn_qsr = 'qsr' , 24 12 sn_emp = 'emp' , 24 8 sn_utau = 'utau' , 24. , 'utau' , .false. , .false., 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 9 sn_vtau = 'vtau' , 24. , 'vtau' , .false. , .false., 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 10 sn_qtot = 'qtot' , 24. , 'qtot' , .false. , .false., 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 11 sn_qsr = 'qsr' , 24. , 'qsr' , .false. , .false., 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 12 sn_emp = 'emp' , 24. , 'emp' , .false. , .false., 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 13 13 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namsbc_isf
r10445 r11954 24 24 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! filename ! pairing ! filename ! 25 25 !* nn_isf = 4 case 26 sn_fwfisf = 'rnfisf' , -12 26 sn_fwfisf = 'rnfisf' , -12. ,'sowflisf' , .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 27 27 !* nn_isf = 3 case 28 sn_rnfisf = 'rnfisf' , -12 28 sn_rnfisf = 'rnfisf' , -12. ,'sofwfisf' , .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 29 29 !* nn_isf = 2 and 3 cases 30 sn_depmax_isf ='rnfisf' , -12,'sozisfmax', .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , ''31 sn_depmin_isf ='rnfisf' , -12,'sozisfmin', .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , ''30 sn_depmax_isf ='rnfisf' , -12. ,'sozisfmax', .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 31 sn_depmin_isf ='rnfisf' , -12. ,'sozisfmin', .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 32 32 !* nn_isf = 2 case 33 sn_Leff_isf = 'rnfisf' , -12 33 sn_Leff_isf = 'rnfisf' , -12. ,'Leff' , .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 34 34 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namsbc_rnf
r10445 r11954 18 18 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp.! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights filename ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 19 19 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! ! pairing ! filename ! 20 sn_rnf = 'runoff_core_monthly' , -1 21 sn_cnf = 'runoff_core_monthly' , 0 22 sn_s_rnf = 'runoffs' , 24 23 sn_t_rnf = 'runoffs' , 24 24 sn_dep_rnf = 'runoffs' , 0 20 sn_rnf = 'runoff_core_monthly' , -1. , 'sorunoff', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 21 sn_cnf = 'runoff_core_monthly' , 0. , 'socoefr0', .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 22 sn_s_rnf = 'runoffs' , 24. , 'rosaline', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 23 sn_t_rnf = 'runoffs' , 24. , 'rotemper', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 24 sn_dep_rnf = 'runoffs' , 0. , 'rodepth' , .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 25 25 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namsbc_sas
r10075 r11954 10 10 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp.! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights filename ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 11 11 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! ! pairing ! filename ! 12 sn_usp = 'sas_grid_U' , 120 13 sn_vsp = 'sas_grid_V' , 120 14 sn_tem = 'sas_grid_T' , 120 15 sn_sal = 'sas_grid_T' , 120 16 sn_ssh = 'sas_grid_T' , 120 17 sn_e3t = 'sas_grid_T' , 120 18 sn_frq = 'sas_grid_T' , 120 12 sn_usp = 'sas_grid_U' , 120. , 'uos' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 13 sn_vsp = 'sas_grid_V' , 120. , 'vos' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 14 sn_tem = 'sas_grid_T' , 120. , 'sosstsst', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 15 sn_sal = 'sas_grid_T' , 120. , 'sosaline', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 16 sn_ssh = 'sas_grid_T' , 120. , 'sossheig', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 17 sn_e3t = 'sas_grid_T' , 120. , 'e3t_m' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 18 sn_frq = 'sas_grid_T' , 120. , 'frq_m' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 19 19 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namsbc_ssr
r10075 r11954 14 14 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp.! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights filename ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 15 15 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! ! pairing ! filename ! 16 sn_sst = 'sst_data' , 24 17 sn_sss = 'sss_data' , -1 16 sn_sst = 'sst_data' , 24. , 'sst' , .false. , .false., 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 17 sn_sss = 'sss_data' , -1. , 'sss' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 18 18 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namsbc_wave
r10445 r11954 6 6 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp.! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights filename ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 7 7 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! ! pairing ! filename ! 8 sn_cdg = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6 9 sn_usd = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6 10 sn_vsd = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6 11 sn_hsw = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6 12 sn_wmp = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6 13 sn_wfr = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6 14 sn_wnum = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6 15 sn_tauwoc = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6 16 sn_tauwx = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6 17 sn_tauwy = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6 8 sn_cdg = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6. , 'drag_coeff' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 9 sn_usd = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6. , 'u_sd2d' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 10 sn_vsd = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6. , 'v_sd2d' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 11 sn_hsw = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6. , 'hs' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 12 sn_wmp = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6. , 'wmp' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 13 sn_wfr = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6. , 'wfr' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 14 sn_wnum = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6. , 'wave_num' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 15 sn_tauwoc = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6. , 'wave_stress', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 16 sn_tauwx = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6. , 'wave_stress', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 17 sn_tauwy = 'sdw_ecwaves_orca2' , 6. , 'wave_stress', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 18 18 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namtra_qsr
r10075 r11954 16 16 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp.! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights filename ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 17 17 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! ! pairing ! filename ! 18 sn_chl ='chlorophyll' , -1 18 sn_chl ='chlorophyll' , -1. , 'CHLA' , .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 19 19 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namtrc_dta
r11025 r11954 4 4 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp. ! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 5 5 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! filename ! pairing ! filename ! 6 sn_trcdta(1) = 'data_TRC_nomask' , -12 6 sn_trcdta(1) = 'data_TRC_nomask' , -12. , 'TRC' , .false. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 7 7 ! 8 8 cn_dir = './' ! root directory for the location of the data files -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/namelists/namtsd
r10075 r11954 10 10 ! ! file name ! frequency (hours) ! variable ! time interp.! clim ! 'yearly'/ ! weights filename ! rotation ! land/sea mask ! 11 11 ! ! ! (if <0 months) ! name ! (logical) ! (T/F) ! 'monthly' ! ! pairing ! filename ! 12 sn_tem = 'data_1m_potential_temperature_nomask', -1 13 sn_sal = 'data_1m_salinity_nomask' , -1 12 sn_tem = 'data_1m_potential_temperature_nomask', -1. , 'votemper', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 13 sn_sal = 'data_1m_salinity_nomask' , -1. , 'vosaline', .true. , .true. , 'yearly' , '' , '' , '' 14 14 / -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/rst/Makefile
r10990 r11954 1 # M inimal makefile for Sphinx documentation1 # Makefile for Sphinx documentation 2 2 # 3 3 … … 5 5 SPHINXOPTS = 6 6 SPHINXBUILD = sphinx-build 7 SPHINXPROJ = NEMO 8 SOURCEDIR = source 7 PAPER = 9 8 BUILDDIR = build 10 9 11 # Put it first so that "make" without argument is like "make help". 10 # Internal variables. 11 PAPEROPT_a4 = -D latex_paper_size=a4 12 PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter 13 ALLSPHINXOPTS = -d $(BUILDDIR)/doctrees $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) source 14 # the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others 15 I18NSPHINXOPTS = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) source 16 17 .PHONY: help clean html dirhtml drafthtml singlehtml pickle json htmlhelp qthelp devhelp epub latex latexpdf text man changes linkcheck doctest gettext 18 12 19 help: 13 @$(SPHINXBUILD) -M help "$(SOURCEDIR)" "$(BUILDDIR)" $(SPHINXOPTS) $(O) 20 @echo "Please use \`make <target>' where <target> is one of" 21 @echo " html to make standalone HTML files" 22 @echo " dirhtml to make HTML files named index.html in directories" 23 @echo " drafthtml to make an autoupdate HTML export while editing (todo list included)" 24 @echo " singlehtml to make a single large HTML file" 25 @echo " pickle to make pickle files" 26 @echo " json to make JSON files" 27 @echo " htmlhelp to make HTML files and a HTML help project" 28 @echo " qthelp to make HTML files and a qthelp project" 29 @echo " devhelp to make HTML files and a Devhelp project" 30 @echo " epub to make an epub" 31 @echo " latex to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter" 32 @echo " latexpdf to make LaTeX files and run them through pdflatex" 33 @echo " text to make text files" 34 @echo " man to make manual pages" 35 @echo " texinfo to make Texinfo files" 36 @echo " info to make Texinfo files and run them through makeinfo" 37 @echo " gettext to make PO message catalogs" 38 @echo " changes to make an overview of all changed/added/deprecated items" 39 @echo " linkcheck to check all external links for integrity" 40 @echo " doctest to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)" 14 41 15 .PHONY: help Makefile 42 clean: 43 -rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/* 16 44 17 # Catch-all target: route all unknown targets to Sphinx using the new 18 # "make mode" option. $(O) is meant as a shortcut for $(SPHINXOPTS). 19 %: Makefile 20 @ $(SPHINXBUILD) -M $@ "$(SOURCEDIR)" "$(BUILDDIR)" $(SPHINXOPTS) $(O)45 html: 46 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html 47 @echo 48 @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html." 21 49 22 # Watch source directory and rebuild the documentation when a change is detected 23 # Browse to 127.0.0.1:8000/NEMO_guide.html 24 htmllive: 25 sphinx-autobuild $(SPHINXOPTS) $(SOURCEDIR) $(BUILDDIR)/htmllive 50 dirhtml: 51 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b dirhtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml 52 @echo 53 @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml." 54 55 drafthtml: 56 sphinx-autobuild -b html -t draft $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/drafthtml 57 @echo 58 @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/drafthtml." 59 60 singlehtml: 61 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b singlehtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml 62 @echo 63 @echo "Build finished. The HTML page is in $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml." 64 65 pickle: 66 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b pickle $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pickle 67 @echo 68 @echo "Build finished; now you can process the pickle files." 69 70 json: 71 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b json $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/json 72 @echo 73 @echo "Build finished; now you can process the JSON files." 74 75 htmlhelp: 76 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b htmlhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp 77 @echo 78 @echo "Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the" \ 79 ".hhp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp." 80 81 qthelp: 82 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b qthelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp 83 @echo 84 @echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \ 85 ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:" 86 @echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/NEMO.qhcp" 87 @echo "To view the help file:" 88 @echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/NEMO.qhc" 89 90 devhelp: 91 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp 92 @echo 93 @echo "Build finished." 94 @echo "To view the help file:" 95 @echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/NEMO" 96 @echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/NEMO" 97 @echo "# devhelp" 98 99 epub: 100 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub 101 @echo 102 @echo "Build finished. The epub file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub." 103 104 latex: 105 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex 106 @echo 107 @echo "Build finished; the LaTeX files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." 108 @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through (pdf)latex" \ 109 "(use \`make latexpdf' here to do that automatically)." 110 111 latexpdf: 112 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex 113 @echo "Running LaTeX files through pdflatex..." 114 $(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf 115 @echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." 116 117 text: 118 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b text $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/text 119 @echo 120 @echo "Build finished. The text files are in $(BUILDDIR)/text." 121 122 man: 123 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b man $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/man 124 @echo 125 @echo "Build finished. The manual pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/man." 126 127 texinfo: 128 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo 129 @echo 130 @echo "Build finished. The Texinfo files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo." 131 @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through makeinfo" \ 132 "(use \`make info' here to do that automatically)." 133 134 info: 135 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo 136 @echo "Running Texinfo files through makeinfo..." 137 make -C $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo info 138 @echo "makeinfo finished; the Info files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo." 139 140 gettext: 141 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b gettext $(I18NSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/locale 142 @echo 143 @echo "Build finished. The message catalogs are in $(BUILDDIR)/locale." 144 145 changes: 146 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b changes $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/changes 147 @echo 148 @echo "The overview file is in $(BUILDDIR)/changes." 149 150 linkcheck: 151 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b linkcheck $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck 152 @echo 153 @echo "Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output " \ 154 "or in $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck/output.txt." 155 156 doctest: 157 $(SPHINXBUILD) -b doctest $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/doctest 158 @echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \ 159 "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt." -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/rst/README.rst
r10991 r11954 3 3 ********************** 4 4 5 | The NEMO guide is made up of several files written in `ReStructuredText <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_ (`.rst` extension), a WYSIWYG markup language used in the Python community, and scattered all over the NEMO sources. 5 | The NEMO guide is made up of several files written in 6 `ReStructuredText <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_ (`.rst` extension), 7 a WYSIWYG markup language used in the Python community, and scattered all over the NEMO sources. 6 8 | You can view them one by one in plain text from `./source` folder, or export all to a user-friendly guide under `./build` (only HTML format at the moment, PDF expected later). 7 9 -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/rst/source/_static/style.css
r10279 r11954 1 . rstblue{ color: blue ; }2 . rstgrey , .rstgreysup { color: grey ; }3 . rstgreen{ color: seagreen; }1 .blue { color: blue ; } 2 .grey , .greysup { color: grey ; } 3 .green { color: seagreen; } 4 4 5 5 .logo { filter: invert(1) !important; } -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/rst/source/conf.py
r10991 r11954 1 1 # -*- coding: utf-8 -*- 2 2 # 3 # Configuration file for the Sphinx documentation builder. 4 # 5 # This file does only contain a selection of the most common options. For a 6 # full list see the documentation: 7 # http://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/config 8 9 # -- Project information ----------------------------------------------------- 10 11 project = 'NEMO' 12 author = 'NEMO System Team' 13 14 # The short X.Y version 15 version = 'trk' 16 # The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags 17 release = 'trunk' 18 19 20 # -- General configuration --------------------------------------------------- 21 22 # Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be 23 # extensions coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom 24 # ones. 25 extensions = ['sphinx.ext.extlinks', 'sphinxcontrib.bibtex'] 3 # NEMO documentation build configuration file, created by 4 # sphinx-quickstart on Tue Oct 15 20:13:55 2019. 5 # 6 # This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir. 7 # 8 # Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this 9 # autogenerated file. 10 # 11 # All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out 12 # serve to show the default. 13 14 import sys, os 15 16 # If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory, 17 # add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the 18 # documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here. 19 #sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('.')) 20 21 # -- General configuration ----------------------------------------------------- 22 23 # If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. 24 #needs_sphinx = '1.0' 25 26 # Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions 27 # coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones. 28 extensions = ['sphinx.ext.extlinks', 'sphinxcontrib.bibtex', 29 'sphinx.ext.todo' , 'sphinx.ext.autosectionlabel'] 26 30 27 31 # Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. 28 32 templates_path = ['_templates'] 29 33 34 # The suffix of source filenames. 35 source_suffix = '.rst' 36 37 # The encoding of source files. 38 #source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig' 39 30 40 # The master toctree document. 31 master_doc = 'NEMO_guide' 41 master_doc = 'guide' 42 43 # General information about the project. 44 project = u'NEMO' 45 copyright = u'2019, NEMO Consortium' 46 47 # The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for 48 # |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the 49 # built documents. 50 # 51 # The short X.Y version. 52 version = 'trk' 53 # The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. 54 release = 'trunk' 55 56 # The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation 57 # for a list of supported languages. 58 #language = None 59 60 # There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some 61 # non-false value, then it is used: 62 #today = '' 63 # Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call. 64 #today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y' 32 65 33 66 # List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and 34 67 # directories to ignore when looking for source files. 35 # This pattern also affects html_static_path and html_extra_path . 36 exclude_patterns = ['global.rst', 'coarsening.rst'] 68 exclude_patterns = ['global.rst', 'readme.rst'] 69 70 # The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents. 71 #default_role = None 72 73 # If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text. 74 #add_function_parentheses = True 75 76 # If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description 77 # unit titles (such as .. function::). 78 #add_module_names = True 79 80 # If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the 81 # output. They are ignored by default. 82 #show_authors = False 37 83 38 84 # The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. 39 pygments_style = 'sphinx' 40 41 42 # -- Options for HTML output ------------------------------------------------- 85 pygments_style = 'emacs' 86 87 # A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting. 88 #modindex_common_prefix = [] 89 90 91 # -- Options for HTML output --------------------------------------------------- 43 92 44 93 # The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for 45 94 # a list of builtin themes. 46 #47 95 html_theme = 'sphinx_rtd_theme' 48 96 … … 50 98 # further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the 51 99 # documentation. 52 # 53 html_theme_options = {} 100 #html_theme_options = {} 101 102 # Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory. 103 #html_theme_path = [] 104 105 # The name for this set of Sphinx documents. If None, it defaults to 106 # "<project> v<release> documentation". 107 #html_title = None 108 109 # A shorter title for the navigation bar. Default is the same as html_title. 110 #html_short_title = None 111 112 # The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top 113 # of the sidebar. 114 #html_logo = None 115 116 # The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the 117 # docs. This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32 118 # pixels large. 119 html_favicon = '_static/ORCA.ico' 54 120 55 121 # Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here, … … 58 124 html_static_path = ['_static'] 59 125 60 html_favicon = '_static/ORCA.ico' 61 62 63 # -- Options for LaTeX output ------------------------------------------------ 126 # If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom, 127 # using the given strftime format. 128 #html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y' 129 130 # If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to 131 # typographically correct entities. 132 #html_use_smartypants = True 133 134 # Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names. 135 #html_sidebars = {} 136 137 # Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to 138 # template names. 139 #html_additional_pages = {} 140 141 # If false, no module index is generated. 142 #html_domain_indices = True 143 144 # If false, no index is generated. 145 #html_use_index = True 146 147 # If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter. 148 #html_split_index = False 149 150 # If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages. 151 #html_show_sourcelink = True 152 153 # If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. 154 #html_show_sphinx = True 155 156 # If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. 157 #html_show_copyright = True 158 159 # If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will 160 # contain a <link> tag referring to it. The value of this option must be the 161 # base URL from which the finished HTML is served. 162 #html_use_opensearch = '' 163 164 # This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml"). 165 #html_file_suffix = None 166 167 # Output file base name for HTML help builder. 168 htmlhelp_basename = 'NEMOdoc' 169 170 171 # -- Options for LaTeX output -------------------------------------------------- 64 172 65 173 latex_elements = { 66 # The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). 67 # 68 # 'papersize': 'letterpaper', 69 70 # The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). 71 # 72 # 'pointsize': '10pt', 73 74 # Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. 75 # 76 # 'preamble': '', 77 78 # Latex figure (float) alignment 79 # 80 # 'figure_align': 'htbp', 174 # The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). 175 #'papersize': 'letterpaper', 176 177 # The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). 178 #'pointsize': '10pt', 179 180 # Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. 181 #'preamble': '', 81 182 } 82 183 83 184 # Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples 84 # (source start file, target name, title, 85 # author, documentclass [howto, manual, or own class]). 185 # (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]). 86 186 latex_documents = [ 87 (master_doc, 'NEMO_guide.tex','NEMO Quick Start Guide',88 'NEMO System Team', 'howto'),187 ('guide', 'guide.tex', u'NEMO Quick Start Guide', 188 u'NEMO Consortium', 'howto'), 89 189 ] 90 190 91 92 # -- Customisation ----------------------------------------------------------- 191 # The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of 192 # the title page. 193 #latex_logo = None 194 195 # For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts, 196 # not chapters. 197 #latex_use_parts = False 198 199 # If true, show page references after internal links. 200 #latex_show_pagerefs = False 201 202 # If true, show URL addresses after external links. 203 #latex_show_urls = False 204 205 # Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. 206 #latex_appendices = [] 207 208 # If false, no module index is generated. 209 #latex_domain_indices = True 210 211 212 # -- Options for manual page output -------------------------------------------- 213 214 # One entry per manual page. List of tuples 215 # (source start file, name, description, authors, manual section). 216 man_pages = [ 217 ('guide', 'nemo', u'NEMO Documentation', 218 [u'NEMO System Team'], 1) 219 ] 220 221 # If true, show URL addresses after external links. 222 #man_show_urls = False 223 224 225 # -- Options for Texinfo output ------------------------------------------------ 226 227 # Grouping the document tree into Texinfo files. List of tuples 228 # (source start file, target name, title, author, 229 # dir menu entry, description, category) 230 texinfo_documents = [ 231 ('guide', 'NEMO', u'NEMO Documentation', 232 u'NEMO System Team', 'NEMO', 'Community Ocean Model', 233 'Miscellaneous'), 234 ] 235 236 # Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. 237 #texinfo_appendices = [] 238 239 # If false, no module index is generated. 240 #texinfo_domain_indices = True 241 242 # How to display URL addresses: 'footnote', 'no', or 'inline'. 243 #texinfo_show_urls = 'footnote' 244 245 # -- Customisation ------------------------------------------------------------- 93 246 94 247 # Timestamping … … 99 252 # Link aliases 100 253 extlinks = { 101 'doi' : ('https://doi.org/%s' , None), 102 'forge' : ('https://forge.ipsl.jussieu.fr/nemo/%s' , None), 103 'github' : ('https://github.com/%s' , None), 104 'xios' : ('https://forge.ipsl.jussieu.fr/ioserver/%s', None), 105 'website': ('https://www.nemo-ocean.eu/%s' , None), 106 'zenodo' : ('https://zenodo.org/publication/%s' , None) 254 'doi' : ('https://doi.org/%s' , 'doi:'), 255 'manhtml': ('https://forge.ipsl.jussieu.fr/nemo/chrome/site/doc/NEMO/manual/html/%s', None ), 256 'forge' : ('https://forge.ipsl.jussieu.fr/nemo/%s' , None ), 257 'gmd' : ('https://www.geosci-model-dev.net/%s' , None ), 258 'github' : ('https://github.com/NEMO-ocean/%s' , None ), 259 'xios' : ('https://forge.ipsl.jussieu.fr/ioserver/%s' , None ), 260 'website': ('https://www.nemo-ocean.eu/%s' , None ), 261 'zenodo' : ('https://zenodo.org/publication/%s' , None ) 107 262 } 108 263 … … 112 267 # SVN revision 113 268 import subprocess 114 revision = subprocess.check_output("svnversion").decode("utf-8") 115 rst_prolog = '.. |revision| replace:: %s' % revision 269 rev = subprocess.check_output("svnversion").decode("utf-8") 270 rst_prolog = '.. |revision| replace:: %s' % rev 271 272 # 'draft' build tag: DRAFT watermark and TODO list 273 if tags.has('draft'): 274 todo_include_todos = True 275 todo_emit_warnings = True 276 else: 277 exclude_patterns = ['global.rst', 'readme.rst', 'todos.rst', 'unpub*'] 278 279 # Default language to highlight set to fortran 280 highlight_language = 'fortran' -
NEMO/branches/2019/dev_r11613_ENHANCE-04_namelists_as_internalfiles/doc/rst/source/global.rst
r10605 r11954 1 .. Roles (custom styles related to CSS classes in 'source/_static/style.css')1 .. Roles 2 2 3 .. role:: rstblue 4 .. role:: rstgreen 5 .. role:: rstgrey 6 .. role:: rstgreysup(sup) 7 .. role:: underline 8 :class: underline 3 .. custom styles related to CSS classes in './_static/style.css' 4 5 .. role:: blue 6 .. role:: green 7 .. role:: grey 8 .. role:: greysup(sup) 9 10 .. inline code snippets 11 12 .. role:: python(code) 13 :language: python 14 :class: highlight 15 16 .. role:: fortran(code) 17 :language: fortran 18 :class: highlight 19 20 .. role:: console(code) 21 :language: console 22 :class: highlight 9 23 10 24 .. Substitutions 11 25 12 .. |OPA| replace:: :rstblue:`NEMO-OPA` 13 .. |SI3| replace:: :rstgrey:`NEMO-SI`\ :rstgreysup:`3` 14 .. |TOP| replace:: :rstgreen:`NEMO-TOP/PISCES` 26 .. |NEMO-OCE| replace:: :blue:`NEMO-OCE (Ocean dynamics)` 27 .. |OCE| replace:: :blue:`NEMO-OCE` 28 .. |NEMO-ICE| replace:: :grey:`NEMO-SI`\ :greysup:`3` :grey:`(Sea Ice)` 29 .. |ICE| replace:: :grey:`NEMO-SI`\ :greysup:`3` 30 .. |NEMO-MBG| replace:: :green:`NEMO-TOP/PISCES (Tracers)` 31 .. |MBG| replace:: :green:`NEMO-TOP/PISCES` 15 32 16 .. Institutes33 .. External links 17 34 18 .. _CMCC: https://www.cmcc.it 19 .. _CNRS: https://www.cnrs.fr 20 .. _Mercator Ocean: https://www.mercator-ocean.fr 21 .. _Met Office: https://www.metoffice.gov.uk 22 .. _MOI: https://www.mercator-ocean.fr 23 .. _NERC: https://nerc.ukri.org 35 .. Consortium institutes 24 36 25 .. Models / Softwares 37 .. _CMCC: https://www.cmcc.it 38 .. _CNRS: https://www.cnrs.fr 39 .. _Met Office: https://www.metoffice.gov.uk 40 .. _MOI: https://www.mercator-ocean.fr 41 .. _NERC: https://nerc.ukri.org 42 43 .. Models / Libraries / Dependencies 26 44 27 45 .. _AGRIF: http://agrif.imag.fr 28 .. _FCM: https://metomi.github.io/fcm/doc/ 46 .. _BFM: http://www.bfm-community.eu 47 .. _FCM: https://metomi.github.io/fcm 29 48 .. _IOIPSL: https://forge.ipsl.jussieu.fr/igcmg/browser/IOIPSL 49 .. _NEMO: https://www.nemo-ocean.eu 30 50 .. _OASIS: https://portal.enes.org/oasis 51 .. _XIOS: https://forge.ipsl.jussieu.fr/ioserver 31 52 32 .. NEMO 53 .. Misc. 33 54 34 .. _NEMO: https://www.nemo-ocean.eu 35 .. _NEMO strategy: https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.1471663 36 .. _NEMO guide: :samp: https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.1475325 37 .. _NEMO manual: https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.1464816 38 .. _SI3 manual: :samp: https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.1471689 39 .. _TOP manual: :samp: https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.1471700 55 .. _EGU: http://www.egu.eu 56 .. _Special Issue: https://www.geosci-model-dev.net/special_issue40.html 57 .. _BFM man: https://cmcc-foundation.github.io/www.bfm-community.eu/files/bfm-nemo-manual_r1.0_201508.pdf 58 .. _RST man: https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/restructuredtext/index.html 59 .. _PAPA station: http://www.pmel.noaa.gov/OCS/Papa/index-Papa.shtml 60 .. _ISOMIP: http://staff.acecrc.org.au/~bkgalton/ISOMIP/test_cavities.pdf 61 62 .. DOI 63 64 .. Publications (`:samp:` to deactivate link for unpublished documents) 65 66 .. _DOI man OCE: https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.1464816 67 .. _DOI man ICE: :samp: https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.1471689 68 .. _DOI man MBG: :samp: https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.1471700 69 .. _DOI qsg: :samp: https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.1475325 70 .. _DOI dev stgy: https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.1471663 71 .. _DOI data: https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.1472245 72 73 .. Badges (same labels as previously, substitution to link images) 74 75 .. |DOI man OCE| image:: https://zenodo.org/badge/DOI/10.5281/zenodo.1464816.svg 76 .. |DOI man ICE| image:: https://zenodo.org/badge/DOI/10.5281/zenodo.1471689.svg 77 .. |DOI man MBG| image:: https://zenodo.org/badge/DOI/10.5281/zenodo.1471700.svg 78 .. |DOI qsg| image:: https://zenodo.org/badge/DOI/10.5281/zenodo.1475325.svg 79 .. |DOI data| image:: https://zenodo.org/badge/DOI/10.5281/zenodo.1472245.svg
Note: See TracChangeset
for help on using the changeset viewer.